SAICA Code of Professional Conduct Revised 2020

SAICA CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT (UPDATED 2020)
CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED

ACCOUNTANTS (REVISED 2020)
1|Page
COPYRIGHT © 2020
THE SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
Copyright in all publications originated by The South African Institute of Chartered Accountants
rests in The Institute. Apart from the extent reasonably necessary for the purposes of research,
private study, personal or private use, criticism, review or the reporting of current events, as
permitted in terms of the Copyright Act, 1978 (Act 98 of 1978), no portion may be reproduced by
any process without written permission from the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants.
This Code is based on the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IEBSA)
International Code of Ethics for Professional accountants (including International Independence
Standards), published by the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC) in April 2018, and is
used with the permission of IFAC.
ISBN: 978-0-86983-442-8
THE SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

PRIVATE BAG X32, NORTHLANDS, 2116
Page 2 of 232
STATUS OF THE CODE
This document contains the SAICA Code of Professional Conduct (“the Code”) (Revised 2020).
The Board of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (“SAICA”) has adopted the International
Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) as released
by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ (IESBA) in 2018 in its entirety. SAICA is a
member of the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC) and has adopted the International Code of
Ethics for Professional Accountants with the permission of IFAC but have however included additional
guidance to assist in the local application of certain requirements applicable to all SAICA members and
associates.
The Code is applicable to all SAICA members and associates as defined in the SAICA Constitution. A
contravention of, or failure to comply with any requirements of the Code, may be regarded as a Punishable
Conduct or misconduct in terms of sections 4.1.5, 4.1.7, 4.2.5, 5.1.5, 5.2.2, 6.1.5, 6.1.8 and 6.2.2 of
Appendix 4 of the SAICA By-laws 1and as such may be investigated and if appropriate the member or
associate may be found guilty and may be liable for penalties as described in the By-laws.
Sections 4.3 and 5.1.12 of the By-laws state that Punishable Conduct on the part of a trainee accountant
shall include any conduct which would amount to Punishable Conduct had it been perpetrated by a Member,
Associate General Accountant or Accounting Technician. Annexure 3, item 2.4 of the SAICA training
regulations requires that trainee accountants should at all times keep the affairs of the training office and
its clients confidential and not breach any codes of professional conduct, disciplinary rules or by-laws that
apply to the profession of a CA(SA) or an AGA(SA) and, if applicable, a Registered Auditor. The Code also
conforms to the Independent Regulatory Board for Auditors (IRBA) Code of Professional Conduct for
Registered Auditors. South African amendments to the IESBA Code of Ethics are underlined and in italics
in the Code.
1 South African Institute of Chartered Accountants By-laws and Appendices effective from 1 June 2020
Page 3 of 232
#XXX
CHANGES OF SUBSTANCE FROM THE 2018 EDITION
Code of Professional Conduct of the South African Institute of Chartered

Accountants
This document replaces the 2018 edition of the Code of Professional Conduct of the South African
Institute of Chartered Accountants, as revised by:
 Final amendments to the IRBA Code of Professional Conduct (Revised November 2018)
relating to Registered Candidate Auditors
SAICA adopted these local amendments following their issue on Exposure Draft 401 for public comment.
The key elements of the project included the definition of a registered candidate auditor.
The SAICA Code currently includes the definition of a registered auditor. In 2015, amendments to the
Auditing Profession Act, 2005 (Act 26 of 2005) (APA), resulted in the additional regulation of registered
candidate auditors (RCAs). As per the amendments, an RCA is defined as:
“An individual who has obtained a professional accountant designation from an accredited
professional body, who is registered as a candidate auditor with the Regulatory Board and who is
serving under the supervision of a registered auditor.”
Currently, the IRBA Code addresses the definition and role of a registered auditor, and this includes both
the individual and the firm. It, however, does not specifically consider the definition and role of an RCA.
The RCA is also a chartered accountant (CA (SA)) and will be required to comply with the SAICA Code of
Professional Conduct.
Effective Date
These amendments are effective on or after 1 January 20212.
 Final amendments to the IRBA Code of Professional Conduct (Revised November 2018) in
respect of Second Opinions
SAICA adopted these local amendments following their issue on Exposure Draft 401 for public comment.
. The proposed amendments to the SAICA Code Section 321 includes the following:
 Incorporate practical and relevant guidance from Circular 01/2006, Giving Second Opinions, issued
in November 2006 by the Committee for Auditor Standards;
 Align the guidance, where applicable, with the South African amendments made elsewhere in the
SAICA Code;
 Further strengthen the guidance by elevating certain application material to a requirement
paragraph; and
2 As per IRBA Code of Professional Conduct effective from 1 November 2020.

Page 4 of 232
 Include additional safeguards mentioned in other sections of the SAICA Code that might be relevant
in addressing a possible self-interest threat when a professional accountant is engaged to provide
a second opinion.
Effective Date
The changes will be effective for engagements commencing on or after 1 January 20213.
 Final Pronouncement —Revisions to Part 4B of the Code to Reflect Terms and Concepts
Used in International Standards on Asssurance Engagements 3000 (Revised)
Changes
Significant Matters Considered and Changes in Substance
Among other matters, the revision includes a proposed revised definition of the term “assurance client” and
a new definition of the term “responsible party”; proposed revisions to describe more clearly the
circumstances in which the firm needs to be independent of the measurer or evaluator with regard to
attestation engagements; and clarification of the types of assurance engagement addressed in Part 4B.
New terminology Used in ISAE 3000 (Revised)
ISAE 3000 (Revised) introduced a change in terminology in the two types of assurance engagement from
‘assertion-based’ and ‘direct reporting’ engagements in the original ISAE 3000 to ‘attestation’ and ‘direct’
engagements.
In changing the terminology, the IAASB has clarified that the distinction between the two types of assurance
engagement is based on who is undertaking the measurement or evaluation of the subject matter now
referred as “underlying subject matter” to avoid confusion with the term “subject matter information” against
the criteria.
Changes in terminology
ISA 3000 (Revised) states that all assurance engagements have at least three parties: the responsible
party, the practitioner (i.e. the professional accountant in public practice), and the intended users.
The term ‘responsible party’ is used only for the party responsible for the underlying subject matter and the
term ‘measure or evaluator’ is reserved for the party who evaluates the underlying subject matter against
the criteria to produce the subject matter information.
The IESBA included the definitions of ‘responsible party’, ‘attestation engagement’, ‘direct engagement’,
‘criteria’, ‘subject matter information’ and ‘underlying subject matter’ in the Glossary to be consistent with
ISAE 3000 (Revised).
Other significant matters and changes of substance
1. Other significant matters and changes of substance proposed by the IESBA were:
 Changes in the independence requirements;
 Split of assurance engagements between Parts 4A and 4B;

 Multiple responsible parties;

Page 5 of 232
 Application of independence provisions to relationships with or service as employees in a position
to exert significant influence over the underlying subject matter of the assurance engagement; and
 Balance of explanatory material.
Effective Date
The effective date relating to independence for assurance engagements r with respect to the underlying
subject matter covering periods will be effective for periods beginning on or after 15 June 2021;
otherwise, it will be effective as of 15 June 2021. Early adoption will be permitted.
Changes to the Code Issued Subsequent to December 2019 and Exposure Drafts
For information on recent developments and to obtain final pronouncements issued subsequent to
December 2019 or outstanding exposure drafts, visit the IESBA’s website at www.ethicsboard.org.
Changes to the Code
South African changes has been indicated as underlined, italics and in blue.
IESBA changes has been indicated as underlined.
Page 6 of 232
CONTENTS
Page
GUIDE TO THE CODE ………………………………………………………………………………… 7
SAICA CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT …………………………………………..…….… 14
DEFINITIONS, INCLUDING THE LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ……………………………………. 18
PART 1 – COMPLYING WITH THE CODE, FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTUAL

FRAMEWORK ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 33
PART 2 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN BUSINESS …………………………………….. 47
PART 3 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN PUBLIC PRACTICE …………………………… 76
INTERNATIONAL INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS
PART 4A – INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS FOR AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS …… 113
PART 4B – INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS FOR ASSURANCE ENGAGMENTS OTHER
THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS ………………………………………………………. 175
EFFECTIVE DATES ………………………………….………………………………………………….. 200
CHANGES TO THE CODE …………………………………………………………………………….. 201
Page 7 of 232
GUIDE TO THE CODE

(This Guide is a non-authoritative aid to using the Code.)
Purpose of the Code

1. The SAICA Code of Professional Conduct (Revised 2018) (“the Code”) sets out fundamental
principles of ethics for professional accountants, reflecting the profession’s recognition of its public
interest responsibility. These principles establish the standard of behaviour expected of a
professional accountant. The fundamental principles are: integrity, objectivity, professional
competence and due care, confidentiality, and professional behaviour.
2. The Code provides a conceptual framework that professional accountants are to apply in order to
identify, evaluate and address threats to compliance with the fundamental principles. The Code sets
out requirements and application material on various topics to help professional accountants apply
the conceptual framework to those topics.
3. In the case of audits, reviews and other assurance engagements, the Code sets out International
Independence Standards, established by the application of the conceptual framework to threats to
independence in relation to these engagements.
How the Code is Structured

4. The Code contains the following material:
 Definitions, which contain defined terms (together with additional explanations where
appropriate) and described terms which have a specific meaning in certain parts of the Code.
For example, as noted in the Definitions, in Part 4A, the term “audit engagement” applies
equally to both audit and review engagements. The Definitions also include lists of
abbreviations that are used in the Code and other standards to which the Code refers.
 Part 1 – Complying with the Code, Fundamental Principles and Conceptual Framework, which
includes the fundamental principles and the conceptual framework and is applicable to all
professional accountants.
 Part 2 – Professional accountants in Business, which sets out additional material that applies
to professional accountants in business when performing professional activities. Professional
accountants in business include professional accountants employed, engaged or contracted in
an executive or non-executive capacity in, for example:
o Commerce, industry or service.
o The public sector.
o Education.
o The not-for-profit sector.
o Regulatory or professional bodies.
Part 2 is also applicable to individuals who are professional accountants in public practice when
performing professional activities pursuant to their relationship with the firm, whether as a
contractor, employee or owner.
8|Page
SAICA CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT (REVISED 2018)
 Part 3 – Professional accountants in Public Practice, which sets out additional material that
applies to professional accountants in public practice when providing professional services.
 International Independence Standards, which sets out additional material that applies to
professional accountants in public practice when providing assurance services, as follows:
o Part 4A – Independence for Audit and Review Engagements, which applies when
performing audit or review engagements.
o Part 4B – Independence for Assurance Engagements Other than Audit and Review
Engagements, which applies when performing assurance engagements that are not
audit or review engagements.
5. The Code contains sections which address specific topics. Some sections contain subsections
dealing with specific aspects of those topics. Each section of the Code is structured, where
appropriate, as follows:
 Introduction – sets out the subject matter addressed within the section, and introduces the
requirements and application material in the context of the conceptual framework. Introductory
material contains information, including an explanation of terms used, which is important to the
understanding and application of each Part and its sections.
 Requirements – establish general and specific obligations with respect to the subject matter
addressed.
 Application material – provides context, explanations, suggestions for actions or matters to

consider, illustrations and other guidance to assist in complying with the requirements.
How to Use the Code

The Fundamental Principles, Independence and Conceptual Framework
6. The Code requires professional accountants to comply with the fundamental principles of ethics. The
Code also requires them to apply the conceptual framework to identify, evaluate and address threats
to compliance with the fundamental principles. Applying the conceptual framework requires
exercising professional judgement, remaining alert for new information and to changes in facts and
circumstances, and using the reasonable and informed third party test.
7. The conceptual framework recognises that the existence of conditions, policies and procedures
established by the profession, legislation, regulation, the firm, or the employing organisation might
impact the identification of threats. Those conditions, policies and procedures might also be a relevant
factor in the professional accountant’s evaluation of whether a threat is at an acceptable level. When
threats are not at an acceptable level, the conceptual framework requires the professional accountant
to address those threats. Applying safeguards is one way that threats might be addressed.
Safeguards are actions individually or in combination that the professional accountant takes that
effectively reduce threats to an acceptable level.
8. In addition, the Code requires professional accountants to be independent when performing audit,
review and other assurance engagements. The conceptual framework applies in the same way to
identifying, evaluating and addressing threats to independence as to threats to compliance with the
fundamental principles.
9. Complying with the Code requires knowing, understanding and applying:
Page 9 of 232
 All of the relevant provisions of a particular section in the context of Part 1, together with the
additional material set out in Sections 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 800 and 900, as applicable.
 All of the relevant provisions of a particular section, for example, applying the provisions that
are set out under the subheadings titled “General” and “All Audit Clients” together with
additional specific provisions, including those set out under the subheadings titled “Audit
Clients that are not Public Interest Entities” or “Audit Clients that are Public Interest Entities.”
 All of the relevant provisions set out in a particular section together with any additional
provisions set out in any relevant subsection.
Requirements and Application Material
10. Requirements and application material are to be read and applied with the objective of complying
with the fundamental principles, applying the conceptual framework and, when performing audit,
review and other assurance engagements, being independent.
Requirements
11. Requirements are designated with the letter “R”, are numbered in bold and, in most cases, include
the word “shall.” The word “shall” in the Code imposes an obligation on a professional accountant or
firm to comply with the specific provision in which “shall” has been used.
12. In some situations, the Code provides a specific exception to a requirement. In such a situation, the
provision is designated with the letter “R” but uses “may” or conditional wording.
13. When the word “may” is used in the Code, it denotes permission to take a particular action in certain
circumstances, including as an exception to a requirement. It is not used to denote possibility.
14. When the word “might” is used in the Code, it denotes the possibility of a matter arising, an event
occurring or a course of action being taken. The term does not ascribe any particular level of
possibility or likelihood when used in conjunction with a threat, as the evaluation of the level of a
threat depends on the facts and circumstances of any particular matter, event or course of action.
Application Material
15. In addition to requirements, the Code contains application material that provides context relevant to
a proper understanding of the Code. In particular, the application material is intended to help a
professional accountant to understand how to apply the conceptual framework to a particular set of
circumstances and to understand and comply with a specific requirement. While such application
material does not of itself impose a requirement, consideration of the material is necessary to the
proper application of the requirements of the Code, including application of the conceptual
framework. Application material is designated with the letter “A”.
16. Where application material includes lists of examples, these lists are not intended to be exhaustive.
Appendix to Guide to the Code
17. The Appendix to this Guide provides an overview of the Code.
South African Amendments
18. South African adaptations of the IESBA International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants
Page 10 of 232
are underlined and in italics.
19. South African adaptions include the following:

 a change to the name of the Code;
 a change in the definition of professional accountants to include SAICA members and associates;
 additional sub-headings for clarity; and
 additional words to certain paragraphs.
20. South African amendments, which are more substantive than adaptations, and require a change to
the numbering system, are represented as follows:
 South African requirements and application material will include a reference to “SA”, e.g. R115.3
SA or 350.8 A1 SA;
 Paragraphs inserted between two consecutively numbered paragraphs will include an “a” in the
paragraph number, e.g. R400.8a SA; and
 Paragraphs that are not South African paragraphs but that have been amended to reflect a
change in status (e.g. from application material to a requirement) will also include a reference to
“SA”, e.g. application paragraph changed to a requirement, 350.4 A1 to R350.4a SA.
21. South African laws and regulations may impose requirements that regulate the conduct of
professional accountants and their clients. These requirements may be in addition to the content of
the Code, or are more restrictive than the Code. A list of such laws and regulations is not provided
in this Code, but a proper identification, understanding and application of such matters, is necessary.
22. South African paragraphs (excluding definitions) are listed below:
Paragraph Number Detail
R113.4 SA South African requirement
R320.6a SA South African requirement
R320.7a SA South African requirement
R330.4 SA South African paragraph
R350.4a SA 350.4 A1 (which is an application paragrapgh in the IESBA Code of Ethics) has
been elevated to a South African requirement R350.4a SA
Page 11 of 232
Paragraph Number Detail
350.8A1 SA South African application material paragrapgh
R400.8a SA Part of 400.8 has been elevated to a South African requirement
R400.8b SA South African requirement
R400.8c SA South African requirement
Page 12 of 232
SAICA REVISED AND RESTRUCTURED CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT
Appendix to Guide to the Code
DEFINITIONS, INCLUDING LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND STANDARDS

(ALL PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS)
PART 1
COMPLYING WITH THE CODE, FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
(ALL PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS - SECTIONS 100 TO 199)
PART 2 PART 3
PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN BUSINESS PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN PUBLIC PRACTICE
(SECTIONS 200 TO 299) (SECTIONS 300 TO 399)
(PART 2 IS ALSO APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS
IN PUBLIC PRACTICE WHEN PERFORMING PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES
PURSUANT TO THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE FIRM)
INTERNATIONAL INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS
(PARTS 4A AND 4B)
PART 4A – INDEPENDENCE FOR AUDIT AND REVIEW
ENGAGEMENTS
(SECTIONS 400 TO 899)
PART 4B – INDEPENDENCE FOR ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS
OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS
(SECTIONS 900 TO 999)
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
STATUS OF THE CODE ............................................................................................................................... 3
GUIDE TO THE CODE ................................................................................................................................. 8
SAICA CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT (REVISED 2018) ............................................................ 14
DEFINITIONS, INCLUDING LISTS OF ABBREVIATIONS AND STANDARDS ......................................... 18
PART 1 – COMPLYING WITH THE CODE, FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTUAL

FRAMEWORK ............................................................................................................................................ 32
SECTION 100 ............................................................................................................................................. 32
COMPLYING WITH THE CODE ................................................................................................................. 32
SECTION 110.............................................................................................................................................. 33
THE FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES ........................................................................................................... 33
SUBSECTION 111 – INTEGRITY ............................................................................................................... 34
SUBSECTION 112 – OBJECTIVITY ........................................................................................................... 34
SUBSECTION 113 – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCE AND DUE CARE ............................................... 34
SUBSECTION 114 – CONFIDENTIALITY .................................................................................................. 35
SUBSECTION 115 – PROFESSIONAL BEHAVIOUR ................................................................................ 37
SECTION 120 ............................................................................................................................................. 38

THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK........................................................................................................... 38
PART 2 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN BUSINESS .................................................................... 46
SECTION 200 ............................................................................................................................................. 46
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN BUSINESS ... 46
SECTION 210 ............................................................................................................................................. 49
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST ....................................................................................................................... 49
SECTION 220 ............................................................................................................................................. 52
PREPARATION AND PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION ...................................................................... 52
SECTION 230 ............................................................................................................................................. 55
ACTING WITH SUFFICIENT EXPERTISE ................................................................................................. 55
SECTION 240 ............................................................................................................................................. 56
FINANCIAL INTERESTS, COMPENSATION AND INCENTIVES LINKED TO FINANCIAL REPORTING

AND DECISION MAKING ........................................................................................................................... 56
SECTION 250 ............................................................................................................................................. 58
14
INDUCEMENTS, INCLUDING GIFTS AND HOSPITALITY ....................................................................... 58
SECTION 260 ............................................................................................................................................. 62
RESPONDING TO NON-COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS ........................................... 62
SECTION 270 ............................................................................................................................................. 70
PRESSURE TO BREACH THE FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES ................................................................ 70
PART 3 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN PUBLIC PRACTICE ...................................................... 75
SECTION 300 ............................................................................................................................................. 75
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN PUBLIC

PRACTICE .................................................................................................................................................. 75
SECTION 310 ............................................................................................................................................. 80
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST ....................................................................................................................... 80
SECTION 320 ............................................................................................................................................. 85
PROFESSIONAL APPOINTMENTS ........................................................................................................... 85
SECTION 321 ............................................................................................................................................. 88
SECOND OPINIONS .................................................................................................................................. 88
SECTION 330 ............................................................................................................................................. 89
FEES AND OTHER TYPES OF REMUNERATION .................................................................................... 89
SECTION 340 ............................................................................................................................................. 91
INDUCEMENTS, INCLUDING GIFTS AND HOSPITALITY ....................................................................... 91
SECTION 350 ............................................................................................................................................. 96
CUSTODY OF CLIENT ASSETS ................................................................................................................ 96
SECTION 360 ............................................................................................................................................. 98

RESPONDING TO NON-COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS ........................................... 98
PART 4A – INDEPENDENCE FOR AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS ......................................... 112
SECTION 400 ........................................................................................................................................... 112
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK TO INDEPENDENCE FOR AUDIT AND REVIEW

ENGAGEMENTS ...................................................................................................................................... 112
SECTION 410 ........................................................................................................................................... 123
FEES ......................................................................................................................................................... 123
SECTION 411............................................................................................................................................ 126
COMPENSATION AND EVALUATION POLICIES .................................................................................... 126
SECTION 420 ........................................................................................................................................... 127
GIFTS AND HOSPITALITY ....................................................................................................................... 127
Page 15 of 232
SECTION 430 ........................................................................................................................................... 127
ACTUAL OR THREATENED LITIGATION ................................................................................................ 127
SECTION 510 ........................................................................................................................................... 128
FINANCIAL INTERESTS .......................................................................................................................... 128
SECTION 511............................................................................................................................................ 132
LOANS AND GUARANTEES .................................................................................................................... 132
SECTION 520 ........................................................................................................................................... 133
BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS .................................................................................................................. 133
SECTION 521 ........................................................................................................................................... 134
FAMILY AND PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS ........................................................................................... 134
SECTION 522 ........................................................................................................................................... 137
RECENT SERVICE WITH AN AUDIT CLIENT ......................................................................................... 137
SERVING AS A DIRECTOR OR OFFICER OF AN AUDIT CLIENT ......................................................... 138
SECTION 524 ........................................................................................................................................... 139
EMPLOYMENT WITH AN AUDIT CLIENT................................................................................................ 139
TEMPORARY PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENTS ......................................................................................... 141
SECTION 540 ........................................................................................................................................... 142
LONG ASSOCIATION OF PERSONNEL (INCLUDING PARTNER ROTATION) WITH AN AUDIT CLIENT

.................................................................................................................................................................. 142
SECTION 600 ........................................................................................................................................... 147
PROVISION OF NON-ASSURANCE SERVICES TO AN AUDIT CLIENT ............................................... 147
SUBSECTION 601 – ACCOUNTING AND BOOKKEEPING SERVICES ................................................ 151

SUBSECTION 602 – ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES ............................................................................... 153
SUBSECTION 604 – TAX SERVICES ...................................................................................................... 155
SUBSECTION 605 – INTERNAL AUDIT SERVICES ............................................................................... 160
SUBSECTION 606 – INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS SERVICES ....................................... 162
SUBSECTION 607 – LITIGATION SUPPORT SERVICES ...................................................................... 164
SUBSECTION 608 – LEGAL SERVICES ................................................................................................. 164
SUBSECTION 609 – RECRUITING SERVICES ...................................................................................... 166
SUBSECTION 610 – CORPORATE FINANCE SERVICES ..................................................................... 168
SECTION 800 ........................................................................................................................................... 169
REPORTS ON SPECIAL PURPOSE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS THAT INCLUDE A RESTRICTION ON

USE AND DISTRIBUTION (AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS) ..................................................... 169
Page 16 of 232
PART 4B – INDEPENDENCE FOR ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW
ENGAGEMENTS ...................................................................................................................................... 173
SECTION 900 ........................................................................................................................................... 173
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK TO INDEPENDENCE FOR ASSURANCE

ENGAGEMENTS OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS ............................................. 173
SECTION 905 ........................................................................................................................................... 179
FEES ......................................................................................................................................................... 179
SECTION 906 ........................................................................................................................................... 181
GIFTS AND HOSPITALITY ....................................................................................................................... 181
SECTION 907 ........................................................................................................................................... 181
ACTUAL OR THREATENED LITIGATION ................................................................................................ 181
SECTION 910 ........................................................................................................................................... 182
FINANCIAL INTERESTS .......................................................................................................................... 182
SECTION 911............................................................................................................................................ 184
LOANS AND GUARANTEES .................................................................................................................... 184
SECTION 920 ........................................................................................................................................... 186
BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS .................................................................................................................. 186
SECTION 921 ........................................................................................................................................... 187
FAMILY AND PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS ........................................................................................... 187
SECTION 922 ........................................................................................................................................... 189
RECENT SERVICE WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT ............................................................................. 189
SECTION 923 ........................................................................................................................................... 190

SERVING AS A DIRECTOR OR OFFICER OF AN ASSURANCE CLIENT ............................................. 190
SECTION 924 ........................................................................................................................................... 191
EMPLOYMENT WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT .................................................................................... 191
SECTION 940 ........................................................................................................................................... 193
LONG ASSOCIATION OF PERSONNEL WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT ............................................ 193
SECTION 950 ........................................................................................................................................... 194
PROVISION OF NON-ASSURANCE SERVICES TO ASSURANCE CLIENTS OTHER THAN AUDIT AND

REVIEW ENGAGEMENT CLIENTS ......................................................................................................... 194
SECTION 990 ........................................................................................................................................... 197
REPORTS THAT INCLUDE A RESTRICTION ON USE AND DISTRIBUTION (ASSURANCE

ENGAGEMENTS OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS) ............................................ 197
EFFECTIVE DATE .................................................................................................................................... 200
Page 17 of 232
DEFINITIONS, INCLUDING LISTS OF ABBREVIATIONS AND STANDARDS

In the SAICA Code of Professional Conduct, the singular shall be construed as including the plural as well
as the reverse, and the terms below have the following meanings assigned to them.
In this Definitions section, explanations of defined terms are shown in regular font; italics are used for
explanations of described terms which have a specific meaning in certain parts of the Code or for additional
explanations of defined terms. References are also provided to terms described in the Code.
Acceptable level A level at which a professional accountant using the reasonable and informed
third party test would likely conclude that the professional accountant complies
with the fundamental principles.
Act The Auditing Profession Act, 2005 (Act 26 of 2005)
Advertising The communication to the public of information as to the services or skills

provided by professional accountants in public practice with a view to procuring
professional business.
Appropriate reviewer An appropriate reviewer is a professional with the necessary knowledge, skills,
experience and authority to review, in an objective manner, the relevant work
performed or service provided. Such an individual might be a professional
accountant.
This term is described in paragraph 300.8 A4.
Assisted holding out Assisting an individual to contravene Sections 41(1) and/or 41(2) of the Act
Associate A person who has been admitted and registered as an associate general
accountant (AGA) with the Institute and therefore entitled to use the designation
“Associate General Accountant” or “Associate General Accountant (South
Africa)” or the initials “AGA(SA)” or a person who has been admitted and
registered as an associate (AT) with the Institute and therefore entitled to use
the designation of Fellow Member of Association of Accounting Technician or
the initials “FMAAT(SA)” or Member of Association of Accounting Technicians
or the initials “MAAT(SA)” or Public Sector Member of Association of
Accounting Technician or the initials “PSMAAT(SA)”.
Assurance client The responsible party that is the person (or persons) who:
(a) In a direct reporting engagement, is responsible for the subject matter; or

(b) In an assertion-based engagement, is responsible for the subject matter
information and might be responsible for the subject matter.
Assurance engagement An engagement in which a professional accountant in public practice expresses

a conclusion designed to enhance the degree of confidence of the intended
Page 18 of 232
users other than the responsible party about the outcome of the evaluation or
measurement of a subject matter against criteria.
(For guidance on assurance engagements, see the International Framework for

Assurance Engagements issued by the International Auditing and Assurance
Standards Board. The International Framework for Assurance Engagements
describes the elements and objectives of an assurance engagement and
identifies engagements to which International Standards on Auditing (ISAs),
International Standards on Review Engagements (ISREs) and International
Standards on Assurance Engagements (ISAEs) apply.)
Assurance team (a) All members of the engagement team for the assurance engagement;
(b) All others within a firm who can directly influence the outcome of the
assurance engagement, including:
(i) Those who recommend the compensation of, or who provide direct
supervisory, management or other oversight of the assurance
engagement partner in connection with the performance of the
assurance engagement;
(ii) Those who provide consultation regarding technical or industry specific

issues, transactions or events for the assurance engagement; and
(iii) Those who provide quality control for the assurance engagement,
including those who perform the engagement quality control review for
the assurance engagement.
Audit In Part 4A, the term “audit” applies equally to “review”.
Audit client An entity in respect of which a firm conducts an audit engagement. When the client
is a listed entity, audit client will always include its related entities. When the audit
client is not a listed entity, audit client includes those related entities over which the
client has direct or indirect control. (See also paragraph R400.20.)
In Part 4A, the term “audit client” applies equally to “review client.”
Audit engagement A reasonable assurance engagement in which a professional accountant in public

practice expresses an opinion whether financial statements are prepared, in all
material respects (or give a true and fair view or are presented fairly, in all material
respects), in accordance with an applicable financial reporting framework, such as
an engagement conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing.
This includes a Statutory Audit, which is an audit required by legislation or other
regulation.
In Part 4A, the term “audit engagement” applies equally to “review engagement.”
Audit report In Part 4A, the term “audit report” applies equally to “review report”.
Audit team (a) All members of the engagement team for the audit engagement;
Page 19 of 232
(b) All others within a firm who can directly influence the outcome of the audit
engagement, including:
supervisory, management or other oversight of the engagement
partner in connection with the performance of the audit engagement,
including those at all successively senior levels above the
engagement partner through to the individual who is the firm’s Senior
or Managing Partner (Chief Executive or equivalent);
(ii) Those who provide consultation regarding technical or industry-
specific issues, transactions or events for the engagement; and
(iii) Those who provide quality control for the engagement, including those
who perform the engagement quality control review for the
engagement; and
(c) All those within a network firm who can directly influence the outcome of the
audit engagement.
In Part 4A, the term “audit team” applies equally to “review team”.
Chartered Accountant Means a chartered accountant registered as such with the Institute and
therefore entitled to use the designation “Chartered Accountant”,
“Geoktrooieerde Rekenmeester”, Chartered Accountant (South Africa)”,
“Geoktrooieerde Rekenmeester (Suid-Afrika)”, “Chartered Accountant (SA)”
OR “Geoktrooieerde Rekenmeester (SA)”, or the initials “CA”, “GR”, “CA(SA)”
or “GR(SA)”.
Client account A bank account which is used solely for the banking of clients’ monies.
Client monies Any monies, including documents of title to money such as bills of exchange
and promissory notes, as well as documents of title that can be converted into
money such as bearer bonds, received by a registered auditor to be held or
paid out on the instruction of the person from whom or on whose behalf they
are received.
Close family A parent, child or sibling who is not an immediate family member.
Conceptual framework This term is described in Section 120.
Contingent fee A fee calculated on a predetermined basis relating to the outcome of a transaction
or the result of the services performed by the firm. A fee that is established by a
court or other public authority is not a contingent fee.
Cooling-off period This term is described in paragraph R540.5 for the purposes of paragraphs
R540.11 to R540.19.
Direct financial interest A financial interest:
Page 20 of 232
(a) Owned directly by and under the control of an individual or entity (including
those managed on a discretionary basis by others); or
(b) Beneficially owned through a collective investment vehicle, estate, trust or

other intermediary over which the individual or entity has control, or the ability
to influence investment decisions.
Director or officer Those charged with the governance of an entity, or acting in an equivalent capacity,
regardless of their title, which might vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
Eligible audit This term is described in paragraph 800.2 for the purposes of Section 800.
engagement
Eligible assurance This term is described in paragraph 990.2 for the purposes of Section 990.
engagement
Engagement partner The partner or other person in the firm who is responsible for the engagement and
its performance, and for the report that is issued on behalf of the firm, and who,
where required, has the appropriate authority from a professional, legal or
regulatory body.
Engagement period The engagement period starts when the audit team begins to perform the audit.
The engagement period ends when the audit report is issued. When the
(Audit and Review
engagement is of a recurring nature, it ends at the later of the notification by either
Engagements)
party that the professional relationship has ended or the issuance of the final audit
report.
Engagement period The engagement period starts when the assurance team begins to perform
assurance services with respect to the particular engagement. The
(Assurance
engagement period ends when the assurance report is issued. When the
Engagements Other than
engagement is of a recurring nature, it ends at the later of the notification by
Audit and Review
either party that the professional relationship has ended or the issuance of the
Engagements)
final assurance report.
Engagement quality A process designed to provide an objective evaluation, on or before the report is
control review issued, of the significant judgements the engagement team made and the
conclusions it reached in formulating the report.
Engagement team All partners and staff performing the engagement, and any individuals engaged by
the firm or a network firm who perform assurance procedures on the engagement.
This excludes external experts engaged by the firm or by a network firm.
The term “engagement team” also excludes individuals within the client’s internal
audit function who provide direct assistance on an audit engagement when the
external auditor complies with the requirements of ISA 610 (Revised 2013), Using
the Work of Internal Auditors.
Page 21 of 232
Existing accountant A professional accountant in public practice currently holding an audit

appointment or carrying out accounting, tax, consulting or similar professional
services for a client.
External expert An individual (who is not a partner or a member of the professional staff,
including temporary staff, of the firm or a network firm) or organisation
possessing skills, knowledge and experience in a field other than accounting or
auditing, whose work in that field is used to assist the professional accountant
in obtaining sufficient appropriate evidence.
Financial interest An interest in an equity or other security, debenture, loan or other debt instrument
of an entity, including rights and obligations to acquire such an interest and
derivatives directly related to such interest.
Financial statements A structured representation of historical financial information, including related

notes, intended to communicate an entity’s economic resources or obligations at a
point in time or the changes therein for a period of time in accordance with a
financial reporting framework. The related notes ordinarily comprise a summary of
significant accounting policies and other explanatory information. The term can
relate to a complete set of financial statements, but it can also refer to a single
financial statement, for example, a balance sheet, or a statement of revenues and
expenses, and related explanatory notes.
Financial statements on In the case of a single entity, the financial statements of that entity. In the case
which the firm will of consolidated financial statements, also referred to as group financial
express an opinion statements, the consolidated financial statements.
Firm (a) A partnership, company or sole proprietor referred to in section 38 4 of

the Act;
(b) An entity that controls such parties in (a), through ownership,

management or other means; and
(c) An entity controlled by such parties in (a), through ownership,

management or other means.
Paragraphs 400.4 and 900.3 explain how the word “firm” is used to address the
responsibility of professional accountants and firms for compliance with Parts
4A and 4B, respectively.
Fundamental principles This term is described in paragraph 110.1 A1.Each of the fundamental principles
is, in turn, described in the following paragraphs:
Integrity R111.1
Objectivity R112.1
Professional competence and due care R113.1
4
Section 1 v “firm”
Page 22 of 232
Confidentiality R114.1
Professional behaviour R115.1
Historical financial Information expressed in financial terms in relation to a particular entity, derived
information primarily from that entity’s accounting system, about economic events occurring in
past time periods or about economic conditions or circumstances at points in time
in the past.
Immediate family A spouse (or equivalent) or dependent.
Independence Independence comprises:
(a) Independence of mind – the state of mind that permits the expression of
a conclusion without being affected by influences that compromise
professional judgement, thereby allowing an individual to act with
integrity, and exercise objectivity and professional scepticism.
(b) Independence in appearance – the avoidance of facts and circumstances

that are so significant that a reasonable and informed third party would
be likely to conclude that a firm’s, or an audit or assurance team
member’s, integrity, objectivity or professional scepticism has been
compromised.
As set out in paragraphs 400.5 and 900.4, references to an individual or firm

being “independent” mean that the individual or firm has complied with Parts
4A and 4B, as applicable.
Indirect financial interest A financial interest beneficially owned through a collective investment vehicle,
estate, trust or other intermediary over which the individual or entity has no
control or ability to influence investment decisions.
Inducement An object, situation, or action that is used as a means to influence another

individual’s behaviour, but not necessarily with the intent to improperly influence
that individual’s behaviour.
Inducements can range from minor acts of hospitality between business
colleagues (for professional accountants in business), or between professional
accountants and existing or prospective clients, to acts that result in non-
compliance with laws and regulations. An inducement can take many different
forms, for example:
 Gifts.
 Hospitality.
 Entertainment.
 Political or charitable donations.
 Appeals to friendship and loyalty.
Page 23 of 232
 Employment or other commercial opportunities.
 Preferential treatment, rights or privileges.
Institute The South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA)
Key audit partner The engagement partner, the individual responsible for the engagement quality
control review, and other audit partners, if any, on the engagement team who make
key decisions or judgements on significant matters with respect to the audit of the
financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion. Depending upon the
circumstances and the role of the individuals on the audit, “other audit partners”
might include, for example, audit partners responsible for significant subsidiaries or
divisions.
Listed entity An entity whose shares, stock or debt are quoted or listed on a recognised stock
exchange, or are marketed under the regulations of a recognised stock exchange
or other equivalent body.
May This term is used in the Code to denote permission to take a particular action
in certain circumstances, including as an exception to a requirement. It is not
used to denote possibility.
Might This term is used in the Code to denote the possibility of a matter arising, an
event occurring or a course of action being taken. The term does not ascribe
any particular level of possibility or likelihood when used in conjunction with a
threat, as the evaluation of the level of a threat depends on the facts and
circumstances of any particular matter, event or course of action.
Network A larger structure:
(a) That is aimed at co-operation; and
(b) That is clearly aimed at profit or cost sharing or shares common

ownership, control or management, common quality control policies and
procedures, common business strategy, the use of a common brand-
name, or a significant part of professional resources.
Network firm A firm or entity that belongs to a network.
For further information, see paragraphs 400.50 A1 to 400.54 A1.
Non-compliance with Non-compliance with laws and regulations (“non-compliance”) comprises acts
laws and regulations of omission or commission, intentional or unintentional, which are contrary to
the prevailing laws or regulations committed by the following parties:
(Professional
accountants in Business) (a) The professional accountant’s employing organisation;
(b) Those charged with governance of the employing organisation;

(c) Management of the employing organisation; or
Page 24 of 232
(d) Other individuals working for or under the direction of the employing
organisation.
Non-compliance with Non-compliance with laws and regulations (“non-compliance”) comprises acts
laws and regulations of omission or commission, intentional or unintentional, which are contrary to
the prevailing laws or regulations committed by the following parties:
(Professional
accountants in Public (a) A client;
Practice)
(b) Those charged with governance of a client;
(c) Management of a client; or
(d) Other individuals working for or under the direction of a client.
Office A distinct sub-group, whether organised on geographical or practice lines.
Predecessor accountant A professional accountant in public practice who most recently held an audit
appointment or carried out accounting, tax, consulting or similar professional
services for a client, where there is no existing accountant.
Professional accountant A generic term in this Code to refer to a chartered accountant [see Chartered
Accountant] or an associate [see Associate] as required by the context of its
use in a requirement or application material of this Code, and taking into
account that this Code is applicable to all chartered accountants and associates
in terms of the SAICA By-laws.
In Part 1, the term “professional accountant” refers to individual professional

accountants in business and to professional accountants in public practice and their
firms.
In Part 2, the term “professional accountant” refers to professional accountants in

business.
In Parts 3, 4A and 4B, the term “professional accountant” refers to professional

accountants in public practice and their firms.
Professional accountant A professional accountant working in areas such as commerce, industry,

in business service, the public sector, education, the not-for-profit sector, or in regulatory or
professional bodies, who might be an employee, contractor, partner, director
(executive or non-executive), owner-manager or volunteer.
Professional accountant A professional accountant, irrespective of functional classification (for example,

in public practice audit, tax or consulting) in a firm that provides professional services.
The term “professional accountant in public practice” is also used to refer to a
firm of professional accountants in public practice.
Page 25 of 232
Professional activity An activity requiring accountancy or related skills undertaken by a professional

accountant, including:
 auditing, review, other assurance and related services;

 accounting;
 tax;
 management consulting; and
 financial management.
Professional services Professional activities performed for clients. These include but are not limited
to the following:
(a) Audit, review, other assurance and related services:
(i) Financial statement audits and reviews, other assurance and

related services such as regulatory reporting, sustainability,
compliance and performance reporting; and
(ii) Preparation of financial statements in accordance with recognised

financial reporting standards and applicable statutes;
(b) Accounting services:
(i) Preparation of accounting records;
(c) Company statutory services;
(d) Taxation services:
(i) Tax return preparation and submission;
(ii) Tax calculations for the purpose of preparing accounting entries;
(iii) Tax planning and other tax advisory services; and
(iv) Assistance in the resolution of tax disputes;
(e) Management consulting and advisory services:
(i) Accounting advisory and financial management advisory services;

accounting support, conversion services for new and revised
accounting standards, financial modelling and project
management;
(ii) Business performance services; business effectiveness, people

and change management, operational and business finance;
(iii) Internal audit; risk and compliance services, review and monitoring
of internal controls, risk management, compliance services,
corporate governance and audit committee advisory services;
(iv) Corporate finance service; mergers and acquisitions, valuations,

infrastructure financing, debt and capital markets, due diligence
reviews, transaction services and designated advisor services;
Page 26 of 232
(v) Corporate recovery services; liquidation and insolvency

administration, curator bonis, administration of deceased estates,
judicial management and trusteeships;
(vi) Financial risk management services; actuarial services, banking

and risk advisory, regulatory and compliance services, and
technical accounting;
(vii) Information technology (IT) advisory; security, privacy and

continuity, enterprise resource planning; information system audit
services, IT project advisory, governance and performance; and
(viii) Forensic services; dispute advisory and resolution, ethics and

integrity monitoring, fraud risk management, intellectual property
and other investigations and regulatory compliance.
Proposed accountant A professional accountant in public practice who is considering accepting an

audit appointment or an engagement to perform accounting, tax, consulting or
similar professional services for a prospective client (or in some cases, an
existing client).
Public interest entity (a) A listed entity; or
(b) An entity:
(i) Defined by regulation or legislation as a public interest entity; or
(ii) For which the audit is required by regulation or legislation to be

conducted in compliance with the same independence requirements
that apply to the audit of listed entities. Such regulation might be
promulgated by any relevant regulator, including an audit regulator, or
(c) Other entities as set out in paragraphs R400.8a SA and R400.8b

SA.
Reasonable and The reasonable and informed third party test is a consideration by the
informed third party professional accountant about whether the same conclusions would likely be
reached by another party. Such consideration is made from the perspective of
Reasonable and
a reasonable and informed third party, who weighs all the relevant facts and
informed third party test
circumstances that the accountant knows, or could reasonably be expected to
know, at the time that the conclusions are made. The reasonable and informed
third party does not need to be a professional accountant, but would possess
the relevant knowledge and experience to understand and evaluate the
appropriateness of the accountant’s conclusions in an impartial manner.
These terms are described in paragraph R120.5 A4.
Registered auditor An individual or firm registered as an auditor with the Regulatory Board.
Page 27 of 232
Regulatory Board5 The Independent Regulatory Board for Auditors established by Section 3 of the
Act6.
Related entity An entity that has any of the following relationships with the client:
(a) An entity that has direct or indirect control over the client if the client is
material to such entity;
(b) An entity with a direct financial interest in the client if that entity has
significant influence over the client and the interest in the client is material
to such entity;
(c) An entity over which the client has direct or indirect control;
(d) An entity in which the client, or an entity related to the client under (c)
above, has a direct financial interest that gives it significant influence over
such entity and the interest is material to the client and its related entity
in (c); and
(e) An entity which is under common control with the client (a “sister entity”)
if the sister entity and the client are both material to the entity that controls
both the client and sister entity.
Review client An entity in respect of which a firm conducts a review engagement.
Review engagement An assurance engagement, conducted in accordance with International Standards

on Review Engagements or equivalent, in which a professional accountant in public
practice expresses a conclusion on whether, on the basis of the procedures which
do not provide all the evidence that would be required in an audit, anything has
come to the professional accountant’s attention that causes the professional
accountant to believe that the financial statements are not prepared, in all material
respects, in accordance with an applicable financial reporting framework.
Review team (a) All members of the engagement team for the review engagement; and
(b) All others within a firm who can directly influence the outcome of the
review engagement, including:
supervisory, management or other oversight of the engagement
partner in connection with the performance of the review engagement,
including those at all successively senior levels above the
engagement partner through to the individual who is the firm’s Senior
or Managing Partner (Chief Executive or equivalent);
(ii) Those who provide consultation regarding technical or industry

specific issues, transactions or events for the engagement; and
5
Section 1 v. “registered auditor”
6
Section 1 v. “Regulatory Board”.
Page 28 of 232
(iii) Those who provide quality control for the engagement, including those
who perform the engagement quality control review for the
engagement; and
(c) All those within a network firm who can directly influence the outcome of
the review engagement.
Safeguards Safeguards are actions, individually or in combination, that the professional

accountant takes that effectively reduce threats to compliance with the
fundamental principles to an acceptable level.
Senior professional Senior professional accountants in business are directors, officers or senior
accountant in business employees able to exert significant influence over, and make decisions
regarding, the acquisition, deployment and control of the employing
organisation’s human, financial, technological, physical and intangible
resources.
Substantial harm This term is described in paragraphs 260.5 A3 and 360.5 A3.
Special purpose financial Financial statements prepared in accordance with a financial reporting
statements framework designed to meet the financial information needs of specified users.
Those charged with The person(s) or organisation(s) (for example, a corporate trustee) with
governance responsibility for overseeing the strategic direction of the entity and obligations
related to the accountability of the entity. This includes overseeing the financial
reporting process. For some entities in some jurisdictions, those charged with
governance might include management personnel, for example, executive
members of a governance board of a private or public sector entity, or an owner-
manager.
Threats This term is described in paragraph 120.6 A3 and includes the following
categories:
Self interest 120.6 A3(a)
Self-review 120.6 A3(b)

Advocacy 120.6 A3(c)
Familiarity 120.6 A3(d)
Intimidation 120.6 A3(e)
Time-on period This term is described in paragraph R540.5.
Page 29 of 232
LISTS OF ABBREVIATIONS AND STANDARDS REFERRED TO IN THE CODE
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation Explanation
Assurance Framework International Framework for Assurance Engagements
COSO Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission
CoCo Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada Criteria of Control
IAASB International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board
IESBA International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants
IFAC International Federation of Accountants
ISAs International Standards on Auditing
ISAEs International Standards on Assurance Engagements
ISQCs International Standards on Quality Control
ISREs International Standards on Review Engagements
LIST OF STANDARDS REFERRED TO IN THE CODE
Standard Full Title
ISA 320 Materiality In Planning and Performing an Audit
ISA 610 (Revised 2013) Using the Work of Internal Auditors
ISAE 3000 (Revised) Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial
Information
ISQC 1 Quality Control for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of Financial
Statements, and Other Assurance and Related Services Engagements
ISRE 2400 (Revised) Engagements to Review Historical Financial Statements
Page 30 of 232
PART 1 – COMPLYING WITH THE CODE, FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES AND

CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK ...................................................................................................... 321
Section 100 Complying with the Code ........................................................................................................ 32
Section 110 The Fundamental Principles ................................................................................................... 33
Subsection 111 – Integrity ....................................................................................................... 34
Subsection 112 – Objectivity ................................................................................................... 34
Subsection 113 – Professional Competence and Due Care ................................................... 34
Sub0section 114 – Confidentiality ........................................................................................... 35
Subsection 115 – Professional Behavior ................................................................................. 37
Section 120 The Conceptual Framework .................................................................................................... 38
Page 31 of 232
PART 1 – COMPLYING WITH THE CODE, FUNDAMENTAL

PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
SECTION 100
COMPLYING WITH THE CODE
General
100.1 A1 A distinguishing mark of the accountancy profession is its acceptance of the responsibility to
act in the public interest. A professional accountant’s responsibility is not exclusively to satisfy
the needs of an individual client or employing organisation. Therefore, the Code contains
requirements and application material to enable professional accountants to meet their
responsibility to act in the public interest.
100.2 A1 The requirements in the Code, designated with the letter “R,” impose obligations.
100.2 A2 Application material, designated with the letter “A,” provides context, explanations, suggestions
for actions or matters to consider, illustrations and other guidance relevant to a proper
understanding of the Code. In particular, the application material is intended to help a
professional accountant to understand how to apply the conceptual framework to a particular
set of circumstances and to understand and comply with a specific requirement. While such
application material does not of itself impose a requirement, consideration of the material is
necessary to the proper application of the requirements of the Code, including application of
the conceptual framework.
R100.3 A professional accountant shall comply with the Code. There might be circumstances where
laws or regulations preclude a professional accountant from complying with certain parts of the
Code. In such circumstances, those laws and regulations prevail, and the professional
accountant shall comply with all other parts of the Code.
100.3 A1 The principle of professional behaviour requires a professional accountant to comply with
relevant laws and regulations. Some jurisdictions might have provisions that differ from or go
beyond those set out in the Code. Professional accountants in those jurisdictions need to be
aware of those differences and comply with the more stringent provisions unless prohibited by
law or regulation.
100.3 A2 A professional accountant might encounter unusual circumstances in which the professional
accountant believes that the result of applying a specific requirement of the Code would be
disproportionate or might not be in the public interest. In those circumstances, the professional
accountant is encouraged to consult with a professional or regulatory body.
Breaches of the Code
R100.4 Paragraphs R400.80 to R400.89 and R900.50 to R900.55 address a breach of International
Independence Standards. A professional accountant who identifies a breach of any other
provision of the Code shall evaluate the significance of the breach and its impact on the
professional accountant’s ability to comply with the fundamental principles. The professional
accountant shall also:
(a) Take whatever actions might be available, as soon as possible, to address the
consequences of the breach satisfactorily; and
Page 32 of 232
(b) Determine whether to report the breach to the relevant parties.
100.4 A1 Relevant parties to whom such a breach might be reported include those who might have been
affected by it, a professional or regulatory body or an oversight authority.
SECTION 110
THE FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES
General
110.1 A1 There are five fundamental principles of ethics for professional accountants:
(a) Integrity – to be straightforward and honest in all professional and business relationships.
(b) Objectivity – not to compromise professional or business judgements because of bias,

conflict of interest or undue influence of others.
(c) Professional Competence and Due Care – to:
(i) Attain and maintain professional knowledge and skill at the level required to ensure
that a client or employing organisation receives competent professional service,
based on current technical and professional standards and relevant legislation;
and
(ii) Act diligently and in accordance with applicable technical and professional
standards.
(d) Confidentiality – to respect the confidentiality of information acquired as a result of

professional and business relationships.
(e) Professional Behaviour – to comply with relevant laws and regulations and avoid any
conduct that the professional accountant knows or should know might discredit the
profession.
R110.2 A professional accountant shall comply with each of the fundamental principles.
110.2 A1 The fundamental principles of ethics establish the standard of behaviour expected of a
professional accountant. The conceptual framework establishes the approach which a
professional accountant is required to apply to assist in complying with those fundamental
principles. Subsections 111 to 115 set out requirements and application material related to each
of the fundamental principles.
110.2 A2 A professional accountant might face a situation in which complying with one fundamental
principle conflicts with complying with one or more other fundamental principles. In such a
situation, the professional accountant might consider consulting, on an anonymous basis if
necessary, with:
 Others within the firm or employing organisation.
 Those charged with governance.
 A professional body.
 A regulatory body.
 Legal counsel.
Page 33 of 232
However, such consultation does not relieve the professional accountant from the responsibility
to exercise professional judgement to resolve the conflict or, if necessary, and unless prohibited
by law or regulation, disassociate from the matter creating the conflict.
110.2 A3 The professional accountant is encouraged to document the substance of the issue, the details
of any discussions, the decisions made and the rationale for those decisions.
SUBSECTION 111 – INTEGRITY

R111.1 A professional accountant shall comply with the principle of integrity, which requires an accountant
to be straightforward and honest in all professional and business relationships.
111.1 A1 Integrity implies fair dealing and truthfulness.
R111.2 A professional accountant shall not knowingly be associated with reports, returns,
communications or other information where the professional accountant believes that the
information:
(a) Contains a materially false or misleading statement;
(b) Contains statements or information provided recklessly; or
(c) Omits or obscures required information where such omission or obscurity would be
misleading.
111.2 A1 If a professional accountant provides a modified report in respect of such a report, return,
communication or other information, the professional accountant is not in breach of paragraph
R111.2.
R111.3 When a professional accountant becomes aware of having been associated with information
described in paragraph R111.2, the professional accountant shall take steps to be
disassociated from that information.
SUBSECTION 112 – OBJECTIVITY

R112.1 A professional accountant shall comply with the principle of objectivity, which requires a
professional accountant not to compromise professional or business judgement because of
bias, conflict of interest or undue influence of others.
R112.2 A professional accountant shall not undertake a professional activity if a circumstance or

relationship unduly influences the professional accountant’s professional judgement regarding
that activity.
SUBSECTION 113 – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCE AND DUE CARE

R113.1 A professional accountant shall comply with the principle of professional competence and due
care, which requires a professional accountant to:
(a) Attain and maintain professional knowledge and skill at the level required to ensure that
a client or employing organisation receives competent professional service, based on
current technical and professional standards and relevant legislation; and
(b) Act diligently and in accordance with applicable technical and professional standards.
Page 34 of 232
113.1 A1 Serving clients and employing organisations with professional competence requires the
exercise of sound judgement in applying professional knowledge and skill when undertaking
professional activities.
113.1 A2 Maintaining professional competence requires a continuing awareness and an understanding

of relevant technical, professional and business developments. Continuing professional
development enables a professional accountant to develop and maintain the capabilities to
perform competently within the professional environment.
113.1 A3 Diligence encompasses the responsibility to act in accordance with the requirements of an
assignment, carefully, thoroughly and on a timely basis.
R113.2 In complying with the principle of professional competence and due care, a professional
accountant shall take reasonable steps to ensure that those working in a professional capacity
under the professional accountant’s authority have appropriate training and supervision.
R113.3 Where appropriate, a professional accountant shall make clients, the employing organisation,
or other users of the professional accountant’s professional services or activities, aware of the
limitations inherent in the services or activities.
R113.4 SA A professional accountant shall not undertake or continue with any engagement that the
professional accountant is not competent to perform, unless the professional accountant
obtains advice and assistance which enables the professional accountant to carry out the
engagement satisfactorily.
SUBSECTION 114 – CONFIDENTIALITY

R114.1 A professional accountant shall comply with the principle of confidentiality, which requires a
professional accountant to respect the confidentiality of information acquired as a result of
professional and business relationships. A professional accountant shall:
(a) Be alert to the possibility of inadvertent disclosure, including in a social environment,

and particularly to a close business associate or an immediate or a close family member;
(b) Maintain confidentiality of information within the firm or employing organisation;
(c) Maintain confidentiality of information disclosed by a prospective client or employing

organisation;
(d) Not disclose confidential information acquired as a result of professional and business
relationships outside the firm or employing organisation without proper and specific
authority, unless there is a legal or professional duty or right to disclose;
(e) Not use confidential information acquired as a result of professional and business
relationships for the personal advantage of the professional accountant or for the
advantage of a third party;
(f) Not use or disclose any confidential information, either acquired or received as a result
of a professional or business relationship, after that relationship has ended; and
(g) Take reasonable steps to ensure that personnel under the professional accountant’s
control, and individuals from whom advice and assistance are obtained, respect the
professional accountant’s duty of confidentiality.
Page 35 of 232
114.1 A1 Confidentiality serves the public interest because it facilitates the free flow of information from
the professional accountant’s client or employing organisation to the professional accountant
in the knowledge that the information will not be disclosed to a third party. Nevertheless, the
following are circumstances where professional accountants are or might be required to
disclose confidential information or when such disclosure might be appropriate:
(a) Disclosure is required by law, for example:
(i) Production of documents or other provision of evidence in the course of legal

proceedings; or
(ii) Disclosure to the appropriate public authorities of infringements of the law that
come to light; including disclosures of reportable irregularities reported to the
Regulatory Board as required by section 45 of the Act;
(b) Disclosure is permitted by law and is authorised by the client or the employing
organisation; and
(c) There is a professional duty or right to disclose, when not prohibited by law:
(i) To comply with the quality review of the Regulatory Board or the Institute;
(ii) To respond to an inquiry or investigation by the Institute, the Regulatory Board and
any other regulatory body;
(iii) To protect the professional interests of a professional accountant in legal

proceedings; or
(iv) To comply with technical and professional standards, including ethics

requirements.
114.1 A2 In deciding whether to disclose confidential information, factors to consider, depending on the
circumstances, include:
 Whether the interests of any parties, including third parties whose interests might be
affected, could be harmed if the client or employing organisation consents to the
disclosure of information by the professional accountant.
 Whether all the relevant information is known and substantiated, to the extent
practicable. Factors affecting the decision to disclose include:
o Unsubstantiated facts.
o Incomplete information.
o Unsubstantiated conclusions.
 The proposed type of communication, and to whom it is addressed.
 Whether the parties to whom the communication is addressed are appropriate recipients.
R114.2 A professional accountant shall continue to comply with the principle of confidentiality even after
the end of the relationship between the professional accountant and a client or employing
organisation. When changing employment or acquiring a new client, the professional accountant
is entitled to use prior experience but shall not use or disclose any confidential information
acquired or received as a result of a professional or business relationship.
Page 36 of 232
SUBSECTION 115 – PROFESSIONAL BEHAVIOUR

R115.1 A professional accountant shall comply with the principle of professional behaviour, which
requires a professional accountant to comply with relevant laws and regulations and avoid any
conduct that the professional accountant knows or should know might discredit the profession.
A professional accountant shall not knowingly engage in any business, occupation or activity
that impairs or might impair the integrity, objectivity or good reputation of the profession, and as
a result would be incompatible with the fundamental principles.
115.1 A1 Conduct that might discredit the profession includes conduct that a reasonable and informed
third party would be likely to conclude adversely affects the good reputation of the profession.
R115.2 When undertaking marketing or promotional activities, a professional accountant shall not bring
the profession into disrepute. A professional accountant shall be honest and truthful and shall
not make:
(a) Exaggerated claims for the services offered by, or the qualifications or experience of,
the professional accountant; or
(b) Disparaging references or unsubstantiated comparisons to the work of others.
115.2 A1 If a professional accountant is in doubt about whether a form of advertising or marketing is

appropriate, the professional accountant is encouraged to consult with the Institute.
Multiple Firms and Assisted Holding Out
R115.3 SA A professional accountant may be associated with more than one audit firm or a professional
services firm. Such association shall not be misleading or cause confusion, and the
professional accountant shall ensure that there is a clear distinction between the different firms.
R115.4 SA A professional accountant who is associated with an audit firm, or professional services firm
and has professional accountants who are not registered auditors, shall ensure:
 that those professional accountants do not intentionally or unintentionally contravene

Section 41(1) and /or 41(2) of the Act, or
 that any action of the professional accountant or the firm do not intentionally or
unintentionally assist Section 41(1) and / or 41(2) of the Act to be contravened by those
professional accountants who are not registered auditors
Signing Convention for Reports or Certificates
R115.5 SA A professional accountant shall not delegate to any person who is not a partner or fellow
director, the power to sign audit, review or other assurance reports or certificates that are
required, in terms of any law or regulation, to be signed by the professional accountant
responsible for the engagement. However, in specific cases where emergencies of sufficient
gravity arise, this prohibition may be relaxed, provided the full circumstances giving rise to the
need for delegation are reported both to the relevant client and to the Regulatory Board or the
Institute, and written consent for such delegation is obtained from the Regulatory Board or the
Institute.
Page 37 of 232
R115.6 SA The individual professional accountant responsible for the audit, review or other assurance
engagement7 shall, when signing any audit, review or other assurance report or certificate,
reflect the following:
(a) the individual professional accountant’s full name;
(b) if not a sole proprietor, the capacity in which they are signing;
(c) their designation underneath their name; and
(d) if not set out on the firm’s letterhead, the name of the professional accountant’s firm.
SECTION 120
THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Introduction
120.1 The circumstances in which professional accountants operate might create threats to
compliance with the fundamental principles. Section 120 sets out requirements and application
material, including a conceptual framework, to assist professional accountants in complying
with the fundamental principles and meeting their responsibility to act in the public interest.
Such requirements and application material accommodate the wide range of facts and
circumstances, including the various professional activities, interests and relationships, that
create threats to compliance with the fundamental principles. In addition, they deter
professional accountants from concluding that a situation is permitted solely because that
situation is not specifically prohibited by the Code.
120.2 The conceptual framework specifies an approach for a professional accountant to:
(a) Identify threats to compliance with the fundamental principles;
(b) Evaluate the threats identified; and
(c) Address the threats by eliminating or reducing them to an acceptable level.

General
R120.3 The professional accountant shall apply the conceptual framework to identify, evaluate and
address threats to compliance with the fundamental principles set out in Section 110.
120.3 A1 Additional requirements and application material that are relevant to the application of the
conceptual framework are set out in:
(a) Part 2 – Professional accountants in Business;
(b) Part 3 – Professional accountants in Public Practice; and
(c) Part 4 - International Independence Standards, as follows:
(i) Part 4A – Independence for Audit and Review Engagements; and
(ii) Part 4B – Independence for Assurance Engagements Other than Audit and
Review Engagements.
7
Section 44(1)(a)
Page 38 of 232
R120.4 When dealing with an ethics issue, the professional accountant shall consider the context in
which the issue has arisen or might arise. Where an individual who is a professional accountant
in public practice is performing professional activities pursuant to the professional accountant’s
relationship with the firm, whether as a contractor, employee or owner, the individual shall
comply with the provisions in Part 2 that apply to these circumstances.
R120.5 When applying the conceptual framework, the professional accountant shall:
(a) Exercise professional judgement;
(b) Remain alert for new information and to changes in facts and circumstances; and
(c) Use the reasonable and informed third party test described in paragraph 120.5 A4.
Exercise of Professional Judgement
120.5 A1 Professional judgement involves the application of relevant training, professional knowledge,
skill and experience commensurate with the facts and circumstances, including the nature and
scope of the particular professional activities, and the interests and relationships involved. In
relation to undertaking professional activities, the exercise of professional judgement is
required when the professional accountant applies the conceptual framework in order to make
informed decisions about the courses of actions available, and to determine whether such
decisions are appropriate in the circumstances.
120.5 A2 An understanding of known facts and circumstances is a prerequisite to the proper application
of the conceptual framework. Determining the actions necessary to obtain this understanding
and coming to a conclusion about whether the fundamental principles have been complied with
also require the exercise of professional judgement.
120.5 A3 In exercising professional judgement to obtain this understanding, the professional accountant
might consider, among other matters, whether:
 There is reason to be concerned that potentially relevant information might be missing

from the facts and circumstances known to the professional accountant.
 There is an inconsistency between the known facts and circumstances and the
professional accountant’s expectations.
 The professional accountant’s expertise and experience are sufficient to reach a

conclusion.
 There is a need to consult with others with relevant expertise or experience.
 The information provides a reasonable basis on which to reach a conclusion.
 The professional accountant’s own preconception or bias might be affecting the

professional accountant’s exercise of professional judgement.
 There might be other reasonable conclusions that could be reached from the available
information.
Reasonable and Informed Third Party
120.5 A4 The reasonable and informed third party test is a consideration by the professional accountant
about whether the same conclusions would likely be reached by another party. Such
consideration is made from the perspective of a reasonable and informed third party, who
Page 39 of 232
weighs all the relevant facts and circumstances that the professional accountant knows, or
could reasonably be expected to know, at the time the conclusions are made. The reasonable
and informed third party does not need to be a professional accountant, but would possess the
relevant knowledge and experience to understand and evaluate the appropriateness of the
professional accountant’s conclusions in an impartial manner.
Identifying Threats
R120.6 The professional accountant shall identify threats to compliance with the fundamental
principles.
120.6 A1 An understanding of the facts and circumstances, including any professional activities,
interests and relationships that might compromise compliance with the fundamental principles,
is a prerequisite to the professional accountant’s identification of threats to such compliance.
The existence of certain conditions, policies and procedures established by the profession,
legislation, regulation, the firm, or the employing organisation that can enhance the
professional accountant acting ethically might also help identify threats to compliance with the
fundamental principles. Paragraph 120.8 A2 includes general examples of such conditions,
policies and procedures which are also factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of
threats.
120.6 A2 Threats to compliance with the fundamental principles might be created by a broad range of
facts and circumstances. It is not possible to define every situation that creates threats. In
addition, the nature of engagements and work assignments might differ and, consequently,
different types of threats might be created.
120.6 A3 Threats to compliance with the fundamental principles fall into one or more of the following
categories:
(a) Self-interest threat – the threat that a financial or other interest will inappropriately
influence a professional accountant’s judgement or behaviour;
(b) Self-review threat – the threat that a professional accountant will not appropriately
evaluate the results of a previous judgement made; or an activity performed by the
professional accountant, or by another individual within the professional accountant’s
firm or employing organisation, on which the professional accountant will rely when
forming a judgement as part of performing a current activity;
(c) Advocacy threat – the threat that a professional accountant will promote a client’s or
employing organisation’s position to the point that the professional accountant’s
objectivity is compromised;
(d) Familiarity threat – the threat that due to a long or close relationship with a client, or
employing organisation, a professional accountant will be too sympathetic to their
interests or too accepting of their work; and
(e) Intimidation threat – the threat that a professional accountant will be deterred from acting
objectively because of actual or perceived pressures, including attempts to exercise
undue influence over the professional accountant.
120.6 A4 A circumstance might create more than one threat, and a threat might affect compliance with
more than one fundamental principle.
Page 40 of 232
Evaluating Threats
R120.7 When the professional accountant identifies a threat to compliance with the fundamental
principles, the professional accountant shall evaluate whether such a threat is at an acceptable
level.
Acceptable Level
120.7 A1 An acceptable level is a level at which a professional accountant using the reasonable and
informed third party test would likely conclude that the professional accountant complies with
the fundamental principles.
Factors Relevant in Evaluating the Level of Threats
120.8 A1 The consideration of qualitative as well as quantitative factors is relevant in the professional
accountant’s evaluation of threats, as is the combined effect of multiple threats, if applicable.
120.8 A2 The existence of conditions, policies and procedures described in paragraph 120.6 A1 might
also be factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of threats to compliance with
fundamental principles. Examples of such conditions, policies and procedures include:
 Corporate governance requirements.
 Educational, training and experience requirements for the profession.
 Effective complaint systems which enable the professional accountant and the general
public to draw attention to unethical behaviour.
 An explicitly stated duty to report breaches of ethics requirements.
 Professional or regulatory monitoring and disciplinary procedures.
Consideration of New Information or Changes in Facts and Circumstances
R120.9 If the professional accountant becomes aware of new information or changes in facts and
circumstances that might impact whether a threat has been eliminated or reduced to an
acceptable level, the professional accountant shall re-evaluate and address that threat
accordingly.
120.9 A1 Remaining alert throughout the professional activity assists the professional accountant in
determining whether new information has emerged or changes in facts and circumstances
have occurred that:
(a) Impact the level of a threat; or
(b) Affect the professional accountant’s conclusions about whether safeguards applied
continue to be appropriate to address identified threats.
120.9 A2 If new information results in the identification of a new threat, the professional accountant is
required to evaluate and, as appropriate, address this threat. (Ref: Paras. R120.7 and
R120.10).
Page 41 of 232
Addressing Threats
R120.10 If the professional accountant determines that the identified threats to compliance with the
fundamental principles are not at an acceptable level, the professional accountant shall
address the threats by eliminating them or reducing them to an acceptable level. The
professional accountant shall do so by:
(a) Eliminating the circumstances, including interests or relationships, that are creating the
threats;
(b) Applying safeguards, where available and capable of being applied, to reduce the
threats to an acceptable level; or
(c) Declining or ending the specific professional activity.
Actions to Eliminate Threats
120.10 A1 Depending on the facts and circumstances, a threat might be addressed by eliminating the
circumstance creating the threat. However, there are some situations in which threats can only
be addressed by declining or ending the specific professional activity. This is because the
circumstances that created the threats cannot be eliminated and safeguards are not capable
of being applied to reduce the threat to an acceptable level.
Safeguards
120.10 A2 Safeguards are actions, individually or in combination, that the professional accountant takes
that effectively reduce threats to compliance with the fundamental principles to an acceptable
level.
Consideration of Significant Judgements Made and Overall Conclusions Reached
R120.11 The professional accountant shall form an overall conclusion about whether the actions that
the professional accountant takes, or intends to take, to address the threats created will
eliminate those threats or reduce them to an acceptable level. In forming the overall conclusion,
the professional accountant shall:
(a) Review any significant judgements made or conclusions reached; and
(b) Use the reasonable and informed third party test.
Considerations for Audits, Reviews and Other Assurance Engagements
Independence
120.12 A1 Professional accountants in public practice are required by International Independence

Standards to be independent when performing audits, reviews, or other assurance
engagements. Independence is linked to the fundamental principles of objectivity and integrity.
It comprises:
(a) Independence of mind – the state of mind that permits the expression of a conclusion
without being affected by influences that compromise professional judgement, thereby
allowing an individual to act with integrity, and exercise objectivity and professional
scepticism.
(b) Independence in appearance – the avoidance of facts and circumstances that are so
significant that a reasonable and informed third party would be likely to conclude that a
Page 42 of 232
firm’s or an audit or assurance team member’s integrity, objectivity or professional

scepticism has been compromised.
120.12 A2 International Independence Standards set out requirements and application material on how
to apply the conceptual framework to maintain independence when performing audits, reviews
or other assurance engagements. Professional accountants and firms are required to comply
with these standards in order to be independent when conducting such engagements. The
conceptual framework to identify, evaluate and address threats to compliance with the
fundamental principles applies in the same way to compliance with independence
requirements. The categories of threats to compliance with the fundamental principles
described in paragraph 120.6 A3 are also the categories of threats to compliance with
independence requirements.
Professional Scepticism
120.13 A1 Under auditing, review and other assurance standards, including those issued by the IAASB,
professional accountants in public practice are required to exercise professional scepticism
when planning and performing audits, reviews and other assurance engagements.
Professional scepticism and the fundamental principles that are described in Section 110 are
inter-related concepts.
120.13 A2 In an audit of financial statements, compliance with the fundamental principles, individually and
collectively, supports the exercise of professional scepticism, as shown in the following
examples:
 Integrity requires the professional accountant to be straightforward and honest. For

example, the professional accountant complies with the principle of integrity by:
(a) Being straightforward and honest when raising concerns about a position taken
by a client; and
(b) Pursuing inquiries about inconsistent information and seeking further audit
evidence to address concerns about statements that might be materially false or
misleading in order to make informed decisions about the appropriate course of
action in the circumstances.
In doing so, the professional accountant demonstrates the critical assessment of audit
evidence that contributes to the exercise of professional scepticism.
 Objectivity requires the professional accountant not to compromise professional or

business judgement because of bias, conflict of interest or the undue influence of others.
For example, the professional accountant complies with the principle of objectivity by:
(a) Recognizing circumstances or relationships such as familiarity with the client, that
might compromise the professional accountant’s professional or business
judgement; and
(b) Considering the impact of such circumstances and relationships on the

professional accountant’s judgement when evaluating the sufficiency and
appropriateness of audit evidence related to a matter material to the client's
financial statements.
Page 43 of 232
In doing so, the professional accountant behaves in a manner that contributes to the
exercise of professional scepticism.
 Professional competence and due care requires the professional accountant to have
professional knowledge and skill at the level required to ensure the provision of
competent professional service, and to act diligently in accordance with applicable
standards, laws and regulations. For example, the professional accountant complies with
the principle of professional competence and due care by:
(a) Applying knowledge that is relevant to a particular client’s industry and business
activities in order to properly identify risks of material misstatement;
(b) Designing and performing appropriate audit procedures; and
(c) Applying relevant knowledge when critically assessing whether audit evidence is
sufficient and appropriate in the circumstances.
In doing so, the professional accountant behaves in a manner that contributes to the
exercise of professional scepticism.
Page 44 of 232
PART 2 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN BUSINESS ............................................... 46

Section 200 Applying the Conceptual Framework – Professional accountants
in Business .................................................................................................................................................. 46
Section 210 Conflicts of Interest ................................................................................................................. 49
Section 220 Preparation and Presentation of Information .......................................................................... 52
Section 230 Acting with Sufficient Expertise ............................................................................................... 55
Section 240 Financial Interests, Compensation and Incentives Linked to Financial

Reporting and Decision Making .................................................................................................................. 56
Section 250 Inducements, Including Gifts And Hospitality .......................................................................... 58
Section 260 Responding to Non-Compliance with Laws and Regulations ................................................. 62
Section 270 Pressure to Breach the Fundamental Principles .................................................................... 70
Page 45 of 232
PART 2 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN BUSINESS

SECTION 200
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN
BUSINESS
Introduction
200.1 This Part of the Code sets out requirements and application material for professional
accountants in business when applying the conceptual framework set out in Section 120. It
does not describe all of the facts and circumstances, including professional activities, interests
and relationships, that could be encountered by professional accountants in business, which
create or might create threats to compliance with the fundamental principles. Therefore, the
conceptual framework requires professional accountants in business to be alert for such facts
and circumstances.
200.2 Investors, creditors, employing organisations and other sectors of the business community, as
well as governments and the general public, might rely on the work of professional accountants
in business. Professional accountants in business might be solely or jointly responsible for the
preparation and reporting of financial and other information, on which both their employing
organisations and third parties might rely. They might also be responsible for providing effective
financial management and competent advice on a variety of business-related matters.
200.3 A professional accountant in business might be an employee, contractor, partner, director

(executive or non-executive), owner-manager, or volunteer of an employing organisation. The
legal form of the relationship of the professional accountant with the employing organisation
has no bearing on the ethical responsibilities placed on the professional accountant.
200.4 In this Part, the term “professional accountant” refers to:
(a) A professional accountant in business; and

(b) An individual who is a professional accountant in public practice when performing
professional activities pursuant to the professional accountant’s relationship with the
professional accountant’s firm, whether as a contractor, employee or owner. More
information on when Part 2 is applicable to professional accountants in public practice is
set out in paragraphs R120.4, R300.5 and 300.5 A1.

General
R200.5 A professional accountant shall comply with the fundamental principles set out in Section 110
and apply the conceptual framework set out in Section 120 to identify, evaluate and address
threats to compliance with the fundamental principles.
200.5 A1 A professional accountant has a responsibility to further the legitimate objectives of the
professional accountant’s employing organisation. The Code does not seek to hinder
accountants from fulfilling that responsibility, but addresses circumstances in which compliance
with the fundamental principles might be compromised.
200.5 A2 Professional accountants may promote the position of the employing organisation when
furthering the legitimate goals and objectives of their employing organisation, provided that any
Page 46 of 232
statements made are neither false nor misleading. Such actions usually would not create an
advocacy threat.
200.5 A3 The more senior the position of a professional accountant, the greater will be the ability and
opportunity to access information, and to influence policies, decisions made and actions taken
by others involved with the employing organisation. To the extent that they are able to do so,
taking into account their position and seniority in the organisation, professional accountants
are expected to encourage and promote an ethics-based culture in the organisation. Examples
of actions that might be taken include the introduction, implementation and oversight of:
 Ethics education and training programmes.
 Ethics and whistle-blowing policies.
 Policies and procedures designed to prevent non-compliance with laws and regulations.
Identifying Threats
facts and circumstances. The categories of threats are described in paragraph 120.6 A3. The
following are examples of facts and circumstances within each of those categories that might
create threats for a professional accountant when undertaking a professional activity:
(a) Self-interest Threats
 A professional accountant holding a financial interest in, or receiving a loan or

guarantee from, the employing organisation.
 A professional accountant participating in incentive compensation arrangements

offered by the employing organisation.
 A professional accountant having access to corporate assets for personal use.
 A professional accountant being offered a gift or special treatment from a supplier

of the employing organisation.
(b) Self-review Threats

 A professional accountant determining the appropriate accounting treatment for
a business combination after performing the feasibility study supporting the
purchase decision.
(c) Advocacy Threats
 A professional accountant having the opportunity to manipulate information in a

prospectus in order to obtain favourable financing.
(d) Familiarity Threats
 A professional accountant being responsible for the financial reporting of the

employing organisation when an immediate or close family member employed by
the organisation makes decisions that affect the financial reporting of the
organisation.
 A professional accountant having a long association with individuals influencing

business decisions.
Page 47 of 232
(e) Intimidation Threats
 A professional accountant or immediate or close family member facing the threat

of dismissal or replacement over a disagreement about:
o The application of an accounting principle.
o The way in which financial information is to be reported.
 An individual attempting to influence the decision-making process of the

professional accountant, for example with regard to the awarding of contracts or
the application of an accounting principle.
Evaluating Threats
200.7 A1 The conditions, policies and procedures described in paragraphs 120.6 A1 and 120.8 A2 might
impact the evaluation of whether a threat to compliance with the fundamental principles is at
an acceptable level.
200.7 A2 The professional accountant’s evaluation of the level of a threat is also impacted by the nature
and scope of the professional activity.
200.7 A3 The professional accountant’s evaluation of the level of a threat might be impacted by the work
environment within the employing organisation and its operating environment. For example:
 Leadership that stresses the importance of ethical behaviour and the expectation that
employees will act in an ethical manner.
 Policies and procedures to empower and encourage employees to communicate ethics

issues that concern them to senior levels of management without fear of retribution.
 Policies and procedures to implement and monitor the quality of employee performance.
 Systems of corporate oversight or other oversight structures and strong internal controls.
 Recruitment procedures emphasising the importance of employing high caliber
competent personnel.
 Timely communication of policies and procedures, including any changes to them, to all
employees, and appropriate training and education on such policies and procedures.
 Ethics and code of conduct policies.
200.7 A4 Professional accountants might consider obtaining legal advice where they believe that
unethical behaviour or actions by others have occurred, or will continue to occur, within the
employing organisation.
Addressing Threats
200.8 A1 Sections 210 to 270 describe certain threats that might arise during the course of performing
professional activities and include examples of actions that might address such threats.
200.8 A2 In extreme situations, if the circumstances that created the threats cannot be eliminated and
safeguards are not available or capable of being applied to reduce the threat to an acceptable
level, it might be appropriate for a professional accountant to resign from the employing
organisation.
Page 48 of 232
Communicating with Those Charged with Governance
R200.9 When communicating with those charged with governance in accordance with the Code, a
professional accountant shall determine the appropriate individual(s) within the employing
organisation’s governance structure with whom to communicate. If the professional accountant
communicates with a subgroup of those charged with governance, the professional accountant
shall determine whether communication with all of those charged with governance is also
necessary so that they are adequately informed.
200.9 A1 In determining with whom to communicate, a professional accountant might consider:
(a) The nature and importance of the circumstances; and
(b) The matter to be communicated.
200.9 A2 Examples of a subgroup of those charged with governance include an audit committee or an
individual member of those charged with governance.
R200.10 If a professional accountant communicates with individuals who have management

responsibilities as well as governance responsibilities, the professional accountant shall be
satisfied that communication with those individuals adequately informs all of those in a
governance role with whom the professional accountant would otherwise communicate.
200.10 A1 In some circumstances, all of those charged with governance are involved in managing the
employing organisation, for example, a small business where a single owner manages the
organisation and no one else has a governance role. In these cases, if matters are
communicated with individual(s) with management responsibilities, and those individual(s) also
have governance responsibilities, the professional accountant has satisfied the requirement to
communicate with those charged with governance.
SECTION 210
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Introduction
210.1 Professional accountants are required to comply with the fundamental principles and apply the
conceptual framework set out in Section 120 to identify, evaluate and address threats.
210.2 A conflict of interest creates threats to compliance with the principle of objectivity and might
create threats to compliance with the other fundamental principles. Such threats might be
created when:
(a) A professional accountant undertakes a professional activity related to a particular matter

for two or more parties whose interests with respect to that matter are in conflict; or
(b) The interest of a professional accountant with respect to a particular matter and the
interests of a party for whom the professional accountant undertakes a professional
activity related to that matter are in conflict.
A party might include an employing organisation, a vendor, a customer, a lender, a

shareholder, or another party.
210.3 This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to applying the
conceptual framework to conflicts of interest.
Page 49 of 232

General
R210.4 A professional accountant shall not allow a conflict of interest to compromise professional or
business judgement.
210.4 A1 Examples of circumstances that might create a conflict of interest include:
 Serving in a management or governance position for two employing organisations and

acquiring confidential information from one organisation that might be used by the
professional accountant to the advantage or disadvantage of the other organisation.
 Undertaking a professional activity for each of two parties in a partnership, where both
parties are employing the professional accountant to assist them to dissolve their
partnership.
 Preparing financial information for certain members of management of the professional

accountant’s employing organisation who are seeking to undertake a management buy-
out.
 Being responsible for selecting a vendor for the employing organisation when an
immediate family member of the professional accountant might benefit financially from
the transaction.
 Serving in a governance capacity in an employing organisation that is approving certain

investments for the company where one of those investments will increase the value of
the investment portfolio of the professional accountant or an immediate family member.
Conflict Identification
R210.5 A professional accountant shall take reasonable steps to identify circumstances that might
create a conflict of interest, and therefore a threat to compliance with one or more of the
fundamental principles. Such steps shall include identifying:
(a) The nature of the relevant interests and relationships between the parties involved; and
(b) The activity and its implication for relevant parties.
R210.6 A professional accountant shall remain alert to changes over time in the nature of the activities,
interests and relationships that might create a conflict of interest while performing a
professional activity.
Threats Created by Conflicts of Interest
210.7 A1 In general, the more direct the connection between the professional activity and the matter on
which the parties’ interests conflict, the more likely the level of the threat is not at an acceptable
level.
210.7 A2 An example of an action that might eliminate threats created by conflicts of interest is
withdrawing from the decision-making process related to the matter giving rise to the conflict
of interest.
210.7 A3 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address threats created by conflicts of interest
include:
 Restructuring or segregating certain responsibilities and duties.
Page 50 of 232
 Obtaining appropriate oversight, for example, acting under the supervision of an

executive or non-executive director.
Disclosure and Consent
General
210.8 A1 It is generally necessary to:
(a) Disclose the nature of the conflict of interest and how any threats created were
addressed to the relevant parties, including to the appropriate levels within the employing
organisation affected by a conflict; and
(b) Obtain consent from the relevant parties for the professional accountant to undertake
the professional activity when safeguards are applied to address the threat.
210.8 A2 Consent might be implied by a party’s conduct in circumstances where the professional
accountant has sufficient evidence to conclude that the parties know the circumstances at the
outset and have accepted the conflict of interest if they do not raise an objection to the
existence of the conflict.
210.8 A3 If such disclosure or consent is not in writing, the professional accountant is encouraged to
document:
(a) The nature of the circumstances giving rise to the conflict of interest;
(b) The safeguards applied to address the threats when applicable; and
(c) The consent obtained.
Other Considerations
210.9 A1 When addressing a conflict of interest, the professional accountant is encouraged to seek
guidance from within the employing organisation or from others, such as a professional body,
legal counsel or another professional accountant. When making such disclosures or sharing
information within the employing organisation and seeking guidance of third parties, the
principle of confidentiality applies.
Page 51 of 232
SECTION 220
PREPARATION AND PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION
Introduction
220.2 Preparing or presenting information might create a self-interest, intimidation or other threats to
compliance with one or more of the fundamental principles. This section sets out specific
requirements and application material relevant to applying the conceptual framework in such
circumstances.

General
220.3 A1 Professional accountants at all levels in an employing organisation are involved in the
preparation or presentation of information both within and outside the organisation.
220.3 A2 Stakeholders to whom, or for whom, such information is prepared or presented, include:
 Management and those charged with governance.
 Investors and lenders or other creditors.
 Regulatory bodies.
This information might assist stakeholders in understanding and evaluating aspects of the
employing organisation’s state of affairs and in making decisions concerning the organisation.
Information can include financial and non-financial information that might be made public or
used for internal purposes.
Examples include:
 Operating and performance reports.
 Decision support analyses.
 Budgets and forecasts.
 Information provided to the internal and external auditors.
 Risk analyses.
 General and special purpose financial statements.
 Tax returns.
 Reports filed with regulatory bodies for legal and compliance purposes.
220.3 A3 For the purposes of this section, preparing or presenting information includes recording,
maintaining and approving information.
R220.4 When preparing or presenting information, a professional accountant shall:
(a) Prepare or present the information in accordance with a relevant reporting framework,
where applicable;
Page 52 of 232
(b) Prepare or present the information in a manner that is intended neither to mislead nor
to influence contractual or regulatory outcomes inappropriately;
(c) Exercise professional judgement to:
(i) Represent the facts accurately and completely in all material respects;
(ii) Describe clearly the true nature of business transactions or activities; and
(iii) Classify and record information in a timely and proper manner; and
(d) Not omit anything with the intention of rendering the information misleading or of
influencing contractual or regulatory outcomes inappropriately.
220.4 A1 An example of influencing a contractual or regulatory outcome inappropriately is using an

unrealistic estimate with the intention of avoiding violation of a contractual requirement such as
a debt covenant or of a regulatory requirement such as a capital requirement for a financial
institution.
Use of Discretion in Preparing or Presenting Information
R220.5 Preparing or presenting information might require the exercise of discretion in making
professional judgements. The professional accountant shall not exercise such discretion with
the intention of misleading others or influencing contractual or regulatory outcomes
inappropriately.
220.5 A1 Examples of ways in which discretion might be misused to achieve inappropriate outcomes
include:
 Determining estimates, for example, determining fair value estimates in order to

misrepresent profit or loss.
 Selecting or changing an accounting policy or method among two or more alternatives

permitted under the applicable financial reporting framework, for example, selecting a
policy for accounting for long-term contracts in order to misrepresent profit or loss.
 Determining the timing of transactions, for example, timing the sale of an asset near the
end of the fiscal year in order to mislead.
 Determining the structuring of transactions, for example, structuring financing

transactions in order to misrepresent assets and liabilities or classification of cash flows.
 Selecting disclosures, for example, omitting or obscuring information relating to financial

or operating risk in order to mislead.
R220.6 When performing professional activities, especially those that do not require compliance with
a relevant reporting framework, the professional accountant shall exercise professional
judgement to identify and consider:
(a) The purpose for which the information is to be used;
(b) The context within which it is given; and
(c) The audience to whom it is addressed.
Page 53 of 232
220.6 A1 For example, when preparing or presenting pro forma reports, budgets or forecasts, the
inclusion of relevant estimates, approximations and assumptions, where appropriate, would
enable those who might rely on such information to form their own judgements.
220.6 A2 The professional accountant might also consider clarifying the intended audience, context and
purpose of the information to be presented.
Relying on the Work of Others
R220.7 A professional accountant who intends to rely on the work of others, either internal or external
to the employing organisation, shall exercise professional judgement to determine what steps
to take, if any, in order to fulfil the responsibilities set out in paragraph R220.4.
220.7 A1 Factors to consider in determining whether reliance on others is reasonable include:
 The reputation and expertise of, and resources available to, the other individual or
organisation.
 Whether the other individual is subject to applicable professional and ethics standards.
Such information might be gained from prior association with, or from consulting others about,
the other individual or organisation.
Addressing Information that Is or Might be Misleading
R220.8 When the professional accountant knows or has reason to believe that the information with
which the accountant is associated is misleading, the professional accountant shall take
appropriate actions to seek to resolve the matter.
220.8 A1 Actions that might be appropriate include:
 Discussing concerns that the information is misleading with the professional

accountant’s superior and/or the appropriate level(s) of management within the
professional accountant’s employing organisation or those charged with governance,
and requesting such individuals to take appropriate action to resolve the matter. Such
action might include:
o Having the information corrected.
o If the information has already been disclosed to the intended users, informing them
of the correct information.
 Consulting the policies and procedures of the employing organisation (for example, an
ethics or whistle-blowing policy) regarding how to address such matters internally.
220.8 A2 The professional accountant might determine that the employing organisation has not taken
appropriate action. If the professional accountant continues to have reason to believe that the
information is misleading, the following further actions might be appropriate provided that the
professional accountant remains alert to the principle of confidentiality:
 Consulting with:
o A relevant professional body.
o The internal or external auditor of the employing organisation.

o Legal counsel.
Page 54 of 232
 Determining whether any requirements exist to communicate to:
o Third parties, including users of the information.
o Regulatory and oversight authorities.
R220.9 If after exhausting all feasible options, the professional accountant determines that appropriate
action has not been taken and there is reason to believe that the information is still misleading,
the professional accountant shall refuse to be or to remain associated with the information.
220.9 A1 In such circumstances, it might be appropriate for a professional accountant to resign from the
employing organisation.
Documentation
220.10 A1 The professional accountant is encouraged to document:
 The facts.
 The accounting principles or other relevant professional standards involved.
 The communications and parties with whom matters were discussed.
 The courses of action considered.
 How the professional accountant attempted to address the matter(s).
220.11 A1 Where threats to compliance with the fundamental principles relating to the preparation or
presentation of information arise from a financial interest, including compensation and
incentives linked to financial reporting and decision making, the requirements and application
material set out in Section 240 apply.
220.11 A2 Where the misleading information might involve non-compliance with laws and regulations, the
requirements and application material set out in Section 260 apply.
220.11 A3 Where threats to compliance with the fundamental principles relating to the preparation or
presentation of information arise from pressure, the requirements and application material set
out in Section 270 apply.
SECTION 230
ACTING WITH SUFFICIENT EXPERTISE
Introduction
230.2 Acting without sufficient expertise creates a self-interest threat to compliance with the principle
of professional competence and due care. This section sets out specific requirements and
application material relevant to applying the conceptual framework in such circumstances.

General
Page 55 of 232
R230.3 A professional accountant shall not intentionally mislead an employing organisation as to the
level of expertise or experience possessed.
230.3 A1 The principle of professional competence and due care requires that a professional accountant
only undertake significant tasks for which the professional accountant has, or can obtain,
sufficient training or experience.
230.3 A2 A self-interest threat to compliance with the principle of professional competence and due care
might be created if a professional accountant has:
 Insufficient time for performing or completing the relevant duties.
 Incomplete, restricted or otherwise inadequate information for performing the duties.
 Insufficient experience, training and/or education.
 Inadequate resources for the performance of the duties.
230.3 A3 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of such a threat include:
 The extent to which the professional accountant is working with others.
 The relative seniority of the professional accountant in the business.
 The level of supervision and review applied to the work.
230.3 A4 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such a self-interest threat include:
 Obtaining assistance or training from someone with the necessary expertise.
 Ensuring that there is adequate time available for performing the relevant duties.
R230.4 If a threat to compliance with the principle of professional competence and due care cannot be
addressed, a professional accountant shall determine whether to decline to perform the duties
in question. If the professional accountant determines that declining is appropriate, the
professional accountant shall communicate the reasons.
230.5 A1 The requirements and application material in Section 270 apply when a professional
accountant is pressured to act in a manner that might lead to a breach of the principle of
professional competence and due care.
SECTION 240
FINANCIAL INTERESTS, COMPENSATION AND INCENTIVES LINKED TO FINANCIAL
REPORTING AND DECISION MAKING
Introduction
240.2 Having a financial interest, or knowing of a financial interest held by an immediate or close
family member might create a self-interest threat to compliance with the principles of objectivity
or confidentiality. This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant
to applying the conceptual framework in such circumstances.
Page 56 of 232

General
R240.3 A professional accountant shall not manipulate information or use confidential information for
personal gain or for the financial gain of others.
240.3 A1 Professional accountants might have financial interests or might know of financial interests of
immediate or close family members that, in certain circumstances, might create threats to
compliance with the fundamental principles. Financial interests include those arising from
compensation or incentive arrangements linked to financial reporting and decision making.
240.3 A2 Examples of circumstances that might create a self-interest threat include situations in which
the professional accountant or an immediate or close family member:
 Has a motive and opportunity to manipulate price-sensitive information in order to gain

financially.
 Holds a direct or indirect financial interest in the employing organisation and the value of
that financial interest might be directly affected by decisions made by the professional
accountant.
 Is eligible for a profit-related bonus and the value of that bonus might be directly affected
by decisions made by the professional accountant.
 Holds, directly or indirectly, deferred bonus share rights or share options in the employing
organisation, the value of which might be affected by decisions made by the professional
accountant.
 Participates in compensation arrangements which provide incentives to achieve targets

or to support efforts to maximise the value of the employing organisation’s shares. An
example of such an arrangement might be through participation in incentive plans which
are linked to certain performance conditions being met.
 The significance of the financial interest. What constitutes a significant financial interest
will depend on personal circumstances and the materiality of the financial interest to the
individual.
 Policies and procedures for a committee independent of management to determine the

level or form of senior management remuneration.
 In accordance with any internal policies, disclosure to those charged with governance
of:
o All relevant interests.
o Any plans to exercise entitlements or trade in relevant shares.
 Internal and external audit procedures that are specific to address issues that give rise
to the financial interest.
240.3 A4 Threats created by compensation or incentive arrangements might be compounded by explicit

or implicit pressure from superiors or colleagues. See Section 270, Pressure to Breach the
Fundamental Principles.
Page 57 of 232
SECTION 250
INDUCEMENTS, INCLUDING GIFTS AND HOSPITALITY
Introduction
250.2 Offering or accepting inducements might create a self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat
to compliance with the fundamental principles, particularly the principles of integrity, objectivity
and professional behaviour.
250.3 This section sets out requirements and application material relevant to applying the conceptual
framework in relation to the offering and accepting of inducements when performing
professional services that does not constitute non-compliance with laws and regulations. This
section also requires a professional accountant to comply with relevant laws and regulations
when offering or accepting inducements.

General
250.4 A1 An inducement is an object, situation, or action that is used as a means to influence another
individual’s behaviour, but not necessarily with the intent to improperly influence that
individual’s behaviour. Inducements can range from minor acts of hospitality between business
colleagues to acts that result in non-compliance with laws and regulations. An inducement can
take many different forms, for example:
 Gifts.
 Hospitality.
 Entertainment.


Inducements Prohibited by Laws and Regulations
R250.5 In many jurisdictions, there are laws and regulations, such as those related to bribery and
corruption, that prohibit the offering or accepting of inducements in certain circumstances. The
professional accountant shall obtain an understanding of relevant laws and regulations and
comply with them when the professional accountant encounters such circumstances.
Inducements Not Prohibited by Laws and Regulations

250.6 A1 The offering or accepting of inducements that is not prohibited by laws and regulations might
still create threats to compliance with the fundamental principles.
Inducements with Intent to Improperly Influence Behaviour

R250.7 A professional accountant shall not offer, or encourage others to offer, any inducement that is
made, or which the professional accountant considers a reasonable and informed third party
Page 58 of 232
would be likely to conclude is made, with the intent to improperly influence the behaviour of the
recipient or of another individual.
R250.8 A professional accountant shall not accept, or encourage others to accept, any inducement
that the professional accountant concludes is made, or considers a reasonable and informed
third party would be likely to conclude is made, with the intent to improperly influence the
behaviour of the recipient or of another individual.
250.9 A1 An inducement is considered as improperly influencing an individual’s behaviour if it causes
the individual to act in an unethical manner. Such improper influence can be directed either
towards the recipient or towards another individual who has some relationship with the
recipient. The fundamental principles are an appropriate frame of reference for a professional
accountant in considering what constitutes unethical behaviour on the part of the professional
accountant and, if necessary by analogy, other individuals.
250.9 A2 A breach of the fundamental principle of integrity arises when a professional accountant offers
or accepts, or encourages others to offer or accept, an inducement where the intent is to
improperly influence the behaviour of the recipient or of another individual.
250.9 A3 The determination of whether there is actual or perceived intent to improperly influence
behaviour requires the exercise of professional judgement. Relevant factors to consider might
include:
 The nature, frequency, value and cumulative effect of the inducement.
 Timing of when the inducement is offered relative to any action or decision that it might
influence.
 Whether the inducement is a customary or cultural practice in the circumstances, for
example, offering a gift on the occasion of a religious holiday or wedding.
 Whether the inducement is an ancillary part of a professional service, for example, offering
or accepting lunch in connection with a business meeting.
 Whether the offer of the inducement is limited to an individual recipient or available to a
broader group. The broader group might be internal or external to the employing
organisation, such as other customers or vendors.
 The roles and positions of the individuals offering or being offered the inducement.
 Whether the professional accountant knows, or has reason to believe, that accepting the
inducement would breach the policies and procedures of the counterparty’s employing
organisation.
 The degree of transparency with which the inducement is offered.
 Whether the inducement was required or requested by the recipient.
 The known previous behaviour or reputation of the offeror.
Consideration of Further Actions

250.10 A1 If the professional accountant becomes aware of an inducement offered with actual or
perceived intent to improperly influence behaviour, threats to compliance with the fundamental
principles might still be created even if the requirements in paragraphs R250.7 and R250.8 are
met.
250.10 A2 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such threats include:
Page 59 of 232
 Informing senior management or those charged with governance of the employing

organisation of the professional accountant or the offeror regarding the offer.
 Amending or terminating the business relationship with the offeror.
Inducements with No Intent to Improperly Influence Behaviour

250.11 A1 The requirements and application material set out in the conceptual framework apply when a
professional accountant has concluded there is no actual or perceived intent to improperly
influence the behaviour of the recipient or of another individual.
250.11 A2 If such an inducement is trivial and inconsequential, any threats created will be at an acceptable
level.
250.11 A3 Examples of circumstances where offering or accepting such an inducement might create
threats even if the professional accountant has concluded there is no actual or perceived intent
to improperly influence behaviour include:
 Self-interest threats
o A professional accountant is offered part-time employment by a vendor.
 Familiarity threats
o A professional accountant regularly takes a customer or supplier to sporting events.
 Intimidation threats
o A professional accountant accepts hospitality, the nature of which could be perceived
to be inappropriate were it to be publicly disclosed.
250.11 A4 Relevant factors in evaluating the level of such threats created by offering or accepting such
an inducement include the same factors set out in paragraph 250.9 A3 for determining intent.
250.11 A5 Examples of actions that might eliminate threats created by offering or accepting such an
inducement include:
 Declining or not offering the inducement.
 Transferring responsibility for any business-related decision involving the counterparty to
another individual who the professional accountant has no reason to believe would be, or
would be perceived to be, improperly influenced in making the decision.
250.11 A6 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such threats created by offering or
accepting such an inducement include:
 Being transparent with senior management or those charged with governance of the
employing organisation of the professional accountant or of the counterparty about offering
or accepting an inducement.
 Registering the inducement in a log maintained by the employing organisation of the
professional accountant or the counterparty.
 Having an appropriate reviewer, who is not otherwise involved in undertaking the

professional activity, review any work performed or decisions made by the professional
accountant with respect to the individual or organisation from which the professional
accountant accepted the inducement.
Page 60 of 232
 Donating the inducement to charity after receipt and appropriately disclosing the donation,
for example, to those charged with governance or the individual who offered the
inducement.
 Reimbursing the cost of the inducement, such as hospitality, received.
 As soon as possible, returning the inducement, such as a gift, after it was initially accepted.
Immediate or Close Family Members
R250.12 A professional accountant shall remain alert to potential threats to the professional
accountant’s compliance with the fundamental principles created by the offering of an
inducement:
(a) By an immediate or close family member of the professional accountant to a counterparty
with whom the professional accountant has a professional relationship; or.
(b) To an immediate or close family member of the professional accountant by a counterparty
with whom the professional accountant has a professional relationship
R250.13 Where the professional accountant becomes aware of an inducement being offered to or made
by an immediate or close family member and concludes there is intent to improperly influence
the behaviour of the professional accountant or of the counterparty, or considers a reasonable
and informed third party would be likely to conclude such intent exists, the professional
accountant shall advise the immediate or close family member not to offer or accept the
inducement.
250.13 A1 The factors set out in paragraph 250.9 A3 are relevant in determining whether there is actual
or perceived intent to improperly influence the behaviour of the professional accountant or of
the counterparty. Another factor that is relevant is the nature or closeness of the relationship,
between:
(a) The professional accountant and the immediate or close family member;
(b) The immediate or close family member and the counterparty; and
(c) The professional accountant and the counterparty.
For example, the offer of employment, outside of the normal recruitment process, to the spouse
of the professional accountant by a counterparty with whom the professional accountant is
negotiating a significant contract might indicate such intent.
250.13 A2 The application material in paragraph 250.10 A2 is also relevant in addressing threats that
might be created when there is actual or perceived intent to improperly influence the behaviour
of the professional accountant, or of the counterparty even if the immediate or close family
member has followed the advice given pursuant to paragraph R250.13.
Application of the Conceptual Framework

250.14 A1 Where the professional accountant becomes aware of an inducement offered in the
circumstances addressed in paragraph R250.12, threats to compliance with the fundamental
principles might be created where:
(a) The immediate or close family member offers or accepts the inducement contrary to the
advice of the professional accountant pursuant to paragraph R250.13; or
Page 61 of 232
(b) The professional accountant does not have reason to believe an actual or perceived
intent to improperly influence the behaviour of the professional accountant or of the
counterparty exists.
250.14 A2 The application material in paragraphs 250.11 A1 to 250.11 A6 is relevant for the purposes of
identifying, evaluating and addressing such threats. Factors that are relevant in evaluating the
level of threats in these circumstances also include the nature or closeness of the relationships
set out in paragraph 250.13 A1.
250.15 A1 If a professional accountant is offered an inducement by the employing organisation relating to
financial interest, compensation and incentives linked to performance, the requirements and
application material in Section 240 apply.
250.15 A2 If a professional accountant encounters or is made aware of inducements that might result in
non-compliance or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations by other individuals
working for or under the direction of the employing organisation, the requirement and
application material set out in Section 260 apply.
250.15 A3 If a professional accountant faces pressure to offer or accept inducements that might create
threats to compliance with the fundamental principles, the requirement and application material
set out in Section 270 apply.
SECTION 260
RESPONDING TO NON-COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Introduction
260.2 A self-interest or intimidation threat to compliance with the principles of integrity and
professional behaviour is created when a professional accountant becomes aware of non-
compliance or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations.
260.3 A professional accountant might encounter or be made aware of non-compliance or suspected

non-compliance in the course of carrying out professional activities. This section guides the
professional accountant in assessing the implications of the matter and the possible courses
of action when responding to non-compliance or suspected non-compliance with:
(a) Laws and regulations generally recognised to have a direct effect on the determination
of material amounts and disclosures in the employing organisation’s financial
statements; and
(b) Other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the determination of the
amounts and disclosures in the employing organisation’s financial statements, but
compliance with which might be fundamental to the operating aspects of the employing
organisation’s business, to its ability to continue its business, or to avoid material penalties.
Objectives of the Professional Accountant in Relation to Non-compliance with Laws and

Regulations
Page 62 of 232
260.4 A distinguishing mark of the accountancy profession is its acceptance of the responsibility to
act in the public interest. When responding to non-compliance or suspected non-compliance,
the objectives of the professional accountant are:
(a) To comply with the principles of integrity and professional behaviour;
(b) By alerting management or, where appropriate, those charged with governance of the
employing organisation, to seek to:
(i) Enable them to rectify, remediate or mitigate the consequences of the identified or
suspected non-compliance; or
(ii) Deter the non-compliance where it has not yet occurred; and
(c) To take such further action as appropriate in the public interest.

General
260.5 A1 Non-compliance with laws and regulations (“non-compliance”) comprises acts of omission or
commission, intentional or unintentional, which are contrary to the prevailing laws or
regulations committed by the following parties:
(a) The professional accountant’s employing organisation;
(b) Those charged with governance of the employing organisation;
(c) Management of the employing organisation; or
(d) Other individuals working for or under the direction of the employing organisation.
260.5 A2 Examples of laws and regulations which this section addresses include those that deal with:
 Fraud, corruption and bribery.
 Money laundering, terrorist financing and proceeds of crime.

 Securities markets and trading.
 Banking and other financial products and services.
 Data protection.
 Tax and pension liabilities and payments.
 Environmental protection.
 Public health and safety.
260.5 A3 Non-compliance might result in fines, litigation or other consequences for the employing
organisation, potentially materially affecting its financial statements. Importantly, such non-
compliance might have wider public interest implications in terms of potentially substantial
harm to investors, creditors, employees or the general public. For the purposes of this section,
non-compliance that causes substantial harm is one that results in serious adverse
consequences to any of these parties in financial or non-financial terms. Examples include the
perpetration of a fraud resulting in significant financial losses to investors, and breaches of
environmental laws and regulations endangering the health or safety of employees or the
public.
Page 63 of 232
R260.6 In some jurisdictions, there are legal or regulatory provisions governing how professional
accountants are required to address non-compliance or suspected non-compliance. These
legal or regulatory provisions might differ from or go beyond the provisions in this section. When
encountering such non-compliance or suspected non-compliance, the professional accountant
shall obtain an understanding of those legal or regulatory provisions and comply with them,
including:
(a) Any requirement to report the matter to an appropriate authority; and
(b) Any prohibition on alerting the relevant party.
260.6 A1 A prohibition on alerting the relevant party might arise, for example, pursuant to anti-money
laundering legislation.
260.7 A1 This section applies regardless of the nature of the employing organisation, including whether
or not it is a public interest entity.
260.7 A2 A professional accountant who encounters or is made aware of matters that are clearly
inconsequential is not required to comply with this section. Whether a matter is clearly
inconsequential is to be judged with respect to its nature and its impact, financial or otherwise,
on the employing organisation, its stakeholders and the general public.
260.7 A3 This section does not address:
(a) Personal misconduct unrelated to the business activities of the employing organisation;
and
(b) Non-compliance by parties other than those specified in paragraph 260.5 A1.
The professional accountant might nevertheless find the guidance in this section helpful in
considering how to respond in these situations.
Responsibilities of the Employing Organisation’s Management and Those Charged with

Governance
260.8 A1 The employing organisation’s management, with the oversight of those charged with
governance, is responsible for ensuring that the employing organisation’s business activities
are conducted in accordance with laws and regulations. Management and those charged with
governance are also responsible for identifying and addressing any non-compliance by:
(a) The employing organisation;
(b) An individual charged with governance of the employing organisation;
(c) A member of management; or
(d) Other individuals working for or under the direction of the employing organisation.
Responsibilities of All Professional Accountants
R260.9 If protocols and procedures exist within the professional accountant’s employing organisation
to address non-compliance or suspected non-compliance, the professional accountant shall
consider them in determining how to respond to such non-compliance.
260.9 A1 Many employing organisations have established protocols and procedures regarding how to
raise non-compliance or suspected non-compliance internally. These protocols and procedures
Page 64 of 232
include, for example, an ethics policy or internal whistle-blowing mechanism. Such protocols
and procedures might allow matters to be reported anonymously through designated channels.
R260.10 Where a professional accountant becomes aware of a matter to which this section applies, the
steps that the professional accountant takes to comply with this section shall be taken on a
timely basis. For the purpose of taking timely steps, the professional accountant shall have
regard to the nature of the matter and the potential harm to the interests of the employing
organisation, investors, creditors, employees or the general public.
Responsibilities of Senior Professional Accountants in Business
260.11 A1 Senior professional accountants in business (“senior professional accountants”) are directors,
officers or senior employees able to exert significant influence over, and make decisions
regarding, the acquisition, deployment and control of the employing organisation’s human,
financial, technological, physical and intangible resources. There is a greater expectation for
such individuals to take whatever action is appropriate in the public interest to respond to non-
compliance or suspected non-compliance than other professional accountants within the
employing organisation. This is because of senior professional accountants’ roles, positions
and spheres of influence within the employing organisation.
Obtaining an Understanding of the Matter
R260.12 If, in the course of carrying out professional activities, a senior professional accountant
becomes aware of information concerning non-compliance or suspected non-compliance, the
professional accountant shall obtain an understanding of the matter. This understanding shall
include:
(a) The nature of the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance and the circumstances
in which it has occurred or might occur;
(b) The application of the relevant laws and regulations to the circumstances; and
(c) An assessment of the potential consequences to the employing organisation, investors,
creditors, employees or the wider public.
260.12 A1 A senior professional accountant is expected to apply knowledge and expertise, and exercise
professional judgement. However, the professional accountant is not expected to have a level
of understanding of laws and regulations greater than that which is required for the professional
accountant’s role within the employing organisation. Whether an act constitutes non-
compliance is ultimately a matter to be determined by a court or other appropriate adjudicative
body.
260.12 A2 Depending on the nature and significance of the matter, the senior professional accountant
might cause, or take appropriate steps to cause, the matter to be investigated internally. The
professional accountant might also consult on a confidential basis with others within the
employing organisation or a professional body, or with legal counsel.
Addressing the Matter
R260.13 If the senior professional accountant identifies or suspects that non-compliance has occurred
or might occur, the professional accountant shall, subject to paragraph R260.9, discuss the
matter with the professional accountant’s immediate superior, if any. If the professional
accountant’s immediate superior appears to be involved in the matter, the professional
Page 65 of 232
accountant shall discuss the matter with the next higher level of authority within the employing
organisation.
260.13 A1 The purpose of the discussion is to enable a determination to be made as to how to address
the matter.
R260.14 The senior professional accountant shall also take appropriate steps to:
(a) Have the matter communicated to those charged with governance;
(b) Comply with applicable laws and regulations, including legal or regulatory provisions
governing the reporting of non-compliance or suspected non-compliance to an
appropriate authority;
(c) Have the consequences of the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance rectified,

remediated or mitigated;
(d) Reduce the risk of re-occurrence; and
(e) Seek to deter the commission of the non-compliance if it has not yet occurred.
260.14 A1 The purpose of communicating the matter to those charged with governance is to obtain their
concurrence regarding appropriate actions to take to respond to the matter and to enable them
to fulfill their responsibilities.
260.14 A2 Some laws and regulations might stipulate a period within which reports of non-compliance or
suspected non-compliance are to be made to an appropriate authority.
R260.15 In addition to responding to the matter in accordance with the provisions of this section, the
senior professional accountant shall determine whether disclosure of the matter to the
employing organisation’s external auditor, if any, is needed.
260.15 A1 Such disclosure would be pursuant to the senior professional accountant’s duty or legal
obligation to provide all information necessary to enable the auditor to perform the audit.
Determining Whether Further Action Is Needed
R260.16 The senior professional accountant shall assess the appropriateness of the response of the
professional accountant’s superiors, if any, and those charged with governance.
260.16 A1 Relevant factors to consider in assessing the appropriateness of the response of the senior
professional accountant’s superiors, if any, and those charged with governance include
whether:
 The response is timely.
 They have taken or authorised appropriate action to seek to rectify, remediate or mitigate
the consequences of the non-compliance, or to avert the non-compliance if it has not yet
occurred.
 The matter has been disclosed to an appropriate authority where appropriate and, if so,
whether the disclosure appears adequate.
R260.17 In light of the response of the senior professional accountant’s superiors, if any, and those
charged with governance, the professional accountant shall determine if further action is
needed in the public interest.
Page 66 of 232
260.17 A1 The determination of whether further action is needed, and the nature and extent of it, will
depend on various factors, including:
 The legal and regulatory framework.
 The urgency of the situation.
 The pervasiveness of the matter throughout the employing organisation.
 Whether the senior professional accountant continues to have confidence in the integrity
of the professional accountant’s superiors and those charged with governance.
 Whether the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance is likely to recur.
 Whether there is credible evidence of actual or potential substantial harm to the interests
of the employing organisation, investors, creditors, employees or the general public.
260.17 A2 Examples of circumstances that might cause the senior professional accountant no longer to
have confidence in the integrity of the professional accountant superiors and those charged
with governance include situations where:
 The professional accountant suspects or has evidence of their involvement or intended

involvement in any non-compliance.
 Contrary to legal or regulatory requirements, they have not reported, or authorised the
reporting of, the matter to an appropriate authority within a reasonable period.
R260.18 The senior professional accountant shall exercise professional judgement in determining the
need for, and nature and extent of, further action. In making this determination, the professional
accountant shall take into account whether a reasonable and informed third party would be
likely to conclude that the professional accountant has acted appropriately in the public interest.
260.18 A1 Further action that the senior professional accountant might take includes:
 Informing the management of the parent entity of the matter if the employing organisation
is a member of a group.
 Disclosing the matter to an appropriate authority even when there is no legal or

regulatory requirement to do so.
 Resigning from the employing organisation.
260.18 A2 Resigning from the employing organisation is not a substitute for taking other actions that might
be needed to achieve the senior professional accountant’s objectives under this section. In
some jurisdictions, however, there might be limitations as to the further actions available to the
professional accountant. In such circumstances, resignation might be the only available course
of action.
Seeking Advice
260.19 A1 As assessment of the matter might involve complex analysis and judgements, the senior
professional accountant might consider:
 Consulting internally.
 Obtaining legal advice to understand the professional accountant’s options and the
professional or legal implications of taking any particular course of action.
Page 67 of 232
 Consulting on a confidential basis with a regulatory or professional body.
Determining Whether to Disclose the Matter to an Appropriate Authority
260.20 A1 Disclosure of the matter to an appropriate authority would be precluded if doing so would be
contrary to law or regulation. Otherwise, the purpose of making disclosure is to enable an
appropriate authority to cause the matter to be investigated and action to be taken in the public
interest.
260.20 A2 The determination of whether to make such a disclosure depends in particular on the nature
and extent of the actual or potential harm that is or might be caused by the matter to investors,
creditors, employees or the general public. For example, the senior professional accountant
might determine that disclosure of the matter to an appropriate authority is an appropriate
course of action if:
 The employing organisation is engaged in bribery (for example, of local or foreign

government officials for purposes of securing large contracts).
 The employing organisation is regulated and the matter is of such significance as to

threaten its licence to operate.
 The employing organisation is listed on a securities exchange and the matter might result
in adverse consequences to the fair and orderly market in the employing organisation’s
securities or pose a systemic risk to the financial markets.
 It is likely that the employing organisation would sell products that are harmful to public
health or safety.
 The employing organisation is promoting a scheme to its clients to assist them in evading
taxes.
260.20 A3 The determination of whether to make such a disclosure will also depend on external factors
such as:
 Whether there is an appropriate authority that is able to receive the information, and
cause the matter to be investigated and action to be taken. The appropriate authority will
depend upon the nature of the matter. For example, the appropriate authority would be
a securities regulator in the case of fraudulent financial reporting or an environmental
protection agency in the case of a breach of environmental laws and regulations.
 Whether there exists robust and credible protection from civil, criminal or professional
liability or retaliation afforded by legislation or regulation, such as under whistle-blowing
legislation or regulation.
 Whether there are actual or potential threats to the physical safety of the senior
professional accountant or other individuals.
R260.21 If the senior professional accountant determines that disclosure of the matter to an appropriate
authority is an appropriate course of action in the circumstances, that disclosure is permitted
pursuant to paragraph R114.1(d) of the Code. When making such disclosure, the professional
accountant shall act in good faith and exercise caution when making statements and
assertions.
Page 68 of 232
Imminent Breach
R260.22 In exceptional circumstances, the senior professional accountant might become aware of
actual or intended conduct that the professional accountant has reason to believe would
constitute an imminent breach of a law or regulation that would cause substantial harm to
investors, creditors, employees or the general public. Having first considered whether it would
be appropriate to discuss the matter with management or those charged with governance of
the employing organisation, the professional accountant shall exercise professional judgement
and determine whether to disclose the matter immediately to an appropriate authority in order
to prevent or mitigate the consequences of such imminent breach. If disclosure is made, that
disclosure is permitted pursuant to paragraph R114.1(d) of the Code.
Documentation
260.23 A1 In relation to non-compliance or suspected non-compliance that falls within the scope of this
section, the senior professional accountant is encouraged to have the following matters
documented:
 The matter.
 The results of discussions with the professional accountant’s superiors, if any, and those
charged with governance and other parties.
 How the professional accountant’s superiors, if any, and those charged with governance
have responded to the matter.
 The courses of action the professional accountant considered, the judgements made
and the decisions that were taken.
 How the professional accountant is satisfied that the professional accountant has fulfilled
the responsibility set out in paragraph R260.17.
Responsibilities of Professional Accountants Other than Senior Professional Accountants
R260.24 If, in the course of carrying out professional activities, a professional accountant becomes
aware of information concerning non-compliance or suspected non-compliance, the
professional accountant shall seek to obtain an understanding of the matter. This understanding
shall include the nature of the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance and the
circumstances in which it has occurred or might occur.
260.24 A1 The professional accountant is expected to apply knowledge and expertise, and exercise
of understanding of laws and regulations greater than that which is required for the professional
accountant’s role within the employing organisation. Whether an act constitutes non-
compliance is ultimately a matter to be determined by a court or other appropriate adjudicative
body.
260.24 A2 Depending on the nature and significance of the matter, the professional accountant might
consult on a confidential basis with others within the employing organisation or a professional
body, or with legal counsel.
R260.25 If the professional accountant identifies or suspects that non-compliance has occurred or might
occur, the professional accountant shall, subject to paragraph R260.9, inform an immediate
superior to enable the superior to take appropriate action. If the professional accountant’s
Page 69 of 232
immediate superior appears to be involved in the matter, the professional accountant shall
inform the next higher level of authority within the employing organisation.
R260.26 In exceptional circumstances, the professional accountant may determine that disclosure of
the matter to an appropriate authority is an appropriate course of action. If the professional
accountant does so pursuant to paragraphs 260.20 A2 and A3, that disclosure is permitted
pursuant to paragraph R114.1(d) of the Code. When making such disclosure, the professional
accountant shall act in good faith and exercise caution when making statements and
assertions.
Documentation
section, the professional accountant is encouraged to have the following matters documented:
 The matter.
 The results of discussions with the professional accountant’s superior, management and,
where applicable, those charged with governance and other parties.
 How the professional accountant’s superior has responded to the matter.
SECTION 270
PRESSURE TO BREACH THE FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES
Introduction
270.2 Pressure exerted on, or by, a professional accountant might create an intimidation or other
threat to compliance with one or more of the fundamental principles. This section sets out
specific requirements and application material relevant to applying the conceptual framework
in such circumstances.

General
R270.3 A professional accountant shall not:
(a) Allow pressure from others to result in a breach of compliance with the fundamental
principles; or
(b) Place pressure on others that the professional accountant knows, or has reason to
believe, would result in the other individuals breaching the fundamental principles.
270.3 A1 A professional accountant might face pressure that creates threats to compliance with the
fundamental principles, for example an intimidation threat, when undertaking a professional
activity. Pressure might be explicit or implicit and might come from:
 Within the employing organisation, for example, from a colleague or superior.
Page 70 of 232
 An external individual or organisation such as a vendor, customer or lender.
 Internal or external targets and expectations.
270.3 A2 Examples of pressure that might result in threats to compliance with the fundamental principles
include:
 Pressure related to conflicts of interest:
o Pressure from a family member bidding to act as a vendor to the professional

accountant’s employing organisation to select the family member over another
prospective vendor.
See also Section 210, Conflicts of Interest.
 Pressure to influence preparation or presentation of information:
o Pressure to report misleading financial results to meet investor, analyst or lender

expectations.
o Pressure from elected officials on public sector professional accountants to

misrepresent programmes or projects to voters.
o Pressure from colleagues to misstate income, expenditure or rates of return to

bias decision-making on capital projects and acquisitions.
o Pressure from superiors to approve or process expenditures that are not legitimate
business expenses.
o Pressure to suppress internal audit reports containing adverse findings.
See also Section 220, Preparation and Presentation of Information.
 Pressure to act without sufficient expertise or due care:
o Pressure from superiors to inappropriately reduce the extent of work performed.

o Pressure from superiors to perform a task without sufficient skills or training or
within unrealistic deadlines.
See also Section 230, Acting with Sufficient Expertise.
 Pressure related to financial interests:
o Pressure from superiors, colleagues or others, for example, those who might
benefit from participation in compensation or incentive arrangements to
manipulate performance indicators.
See also Section 240, Financial Interests, Compensation and Incentives Linked to
Financial Reporting and Decision Making.
 Pressure related to inducements:
o Pressure from others, either internal or external to the employing organisation, to

offer inducements to influence inappropriately the judgement or decision making
process of an individual or organisation.
Page 71 of 232
o Pressure from colleagues to accept a bribe or other inducement, for example to

accept inappropriate gifts or entertainment from potential vendors in a bidding
process.
See also Section 250, Inducements, Including Gifts and Hospitality.
 Pressure related to non-compliance with laws and regulations:
o Pressure to structure a transaction to evade tax.
See also Section 260, Responding to Non-compliance with Laws and Regulations.
270.3 A3 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of threats created by pressure include:
 The intent of the individual who is exerting the pressure and the nature and extent of the
pressure.
 The application of laws, regulations, and professional standards to the circumstances.
 The culture and leadership of the employing organisation including the extent to which
they reflect or emphasise the importance of ethical behaviour and the expectation that
employees will act ethically. For example, a corporate culture that tolerates unethical
behaviour might increase the likelihood that the pressure would result in a threat to
compliance with the fundamental principles.
 Policies and procedures, if any, that the employing organisation has established, such
as ethics or human resources policies that address pressure.
270.3 A4 Discussing the circumstances creating the pressure and consulting with others about those
circumstances might assist the professional accountant to evaluate the level of the threat. Such
discussion and consultation, which requires being alert to the principle of confidentiality, might
include:
 Discussing the matter with the individual who is exerting the pressure to seek to resolve
it.
 Discussing the matter with the professional accountant’s superior, if the superior is not
the individual exerting the pressure.
 Escalating the matter within the employing organisation, including when appropriate,
explaining any consequential risks to the organisation, for example with:
o Higher levels of management.
o Internal or external auditors.
o Those charged with governance.
 Disclosing the matter in line with the employing organisation’s policies, including ethics
and whistleblowing policies, using any established mechanism, such as a confidential
ethics hotline.
 Consulting with:
o A colleague, superior, human resources personnel, or another professional

accountant;
o Relevant professional or regulatory bodies or industry associations; or

Page 72 of 232
o Legal counsel.
270.3 A5 An example of an action that might eliminate threats created by pressure is the professional
accountant’s request for a restructure of, or segregation of, certain responsibilities and duties
so that the professional accountant is no longer involved with the individual or entity exerting
the pressure.
Documentation
270.4 A1 The professional accountant is encouraged to document:
 The facts.
 The communications and parties with whom these matters were discussed.
 The courses of action considered.
 How the matter was addressed.
Page 73 of 232
PART 3 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN PUBLIC PRACTICE.............................. 75

Section 300 Applying the Conceptual Framework – Professional accountants in
Public Practice ............................................................................................................................................ 75
Section 310 Conflicts of Interest ................................................................................................................. 80
Section 320 Professional Appointments ..................................................................................................... 85
Section 321 Second Opinions ..................................................................................................................... 88
Section 330 Fees and Other Types of Remuneration ................................................................................. 89
Section 340 Inducements, Including Gifts and Hospitality .......................................................................... 91
Section 350 Custody of Client Assets ......................................................................................................... 96
Section 360 Responding to Non-Compliance with Laws and Regulations ................................................. 98
Page 74 of 232
PART 3 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN PUBLIC PRACTICE

SECTION 300
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN
PUBLIC PRACTICE
Introduction
300.1 This Part of the Code sets out requirements and application material for professional
accountants in public practice when applying the conceptual framework set out in Section 120.
It does not describe all of the facts and circumstances, including professional activities,
interests and relationships, that could be encountered by professional accountants in public
practice, which create or might create threats to compliance with the fundamental principles.
Therefore, the conceptual framework requires professional accountants in public practice to be
alert for such facts and circumstances.
300.2 The requirements and application material that apply to professional accountants in public
practice are set out in:
 Part 3 – Professional accountants in Public Practice, Sections 300 to 399, which applies
to all professional accountants in public practice, whether they provide assurance
services or not.
 International Independence Standards as follows:
o Part 4A – Independence for Audit and Review Engagements, Sections 400 to 899,
which applies to professional accountants in public practice when performing audit
and review engagements.
o Part 4B – Independence for Assurance Engagements Other than Audit and

Review Engagements, Sections 900 to 999, which applies to professional
accountants in public practice when performing assurance engagements other
than audit or review engagements.
300.3 In this Part, the term “professional accountant” refers to individual professional accountants in
public practice and their firms.

General
R300.4 A professional accountant shall comply with the fundamental principles set out in Section 110
and apply the conceptual framework set out in Section 120 to identify, evaluate and address
threats to compliance with the fundamental principles.
R300.5 When dealing with an ethics issue, the professional accountant shall consider the context in
which the issue has arisen or might arise. Where an individual who is a professional accountant
in public practice is performing professional activities pursuant to the professional accountant’s
relationship with the firm, whether as a contractor, employee or owner, the individual shall
comply with the provisions in Part 2 that apply to these circumstances.
300.5 A1 Examples of situations in which the provisions in Part 2 apply to a professional accountant in
public practice include:
Page 75 of 232
 Facing a conflict of interest when being responsible for selecting a vendor for the firm
when an immediate family member of the professional accountant might benefit
financially from the contract. The requirements and application material set out in
Section 210 apply in these circumstances.
 Preparing or presenting financial information for the professional accountant’s client or

firm. The requirements and application material set out in Section 220 apply in these
circumstances.
 Being offered an inducement such as being regularly offered complimentary tickets to

attend sporting events by a supplier of the firm. The requirements and application
material set out in Section 250 apply in these circumstances.
 Facing pressure from an engagement partner to report chargeable hours inaccurately

for a client engagement. The requirements and application material set out in Section
270 apply in these circumstances.
Identifying Threats
facts and circumstances. The categories of threats are described in paragraph 120.6 A3. The
following are examples of facts and circumstances within each of those categories of threats
that might create threats for a professional accountant when undertaking a professional
service:
(a) Self-interest Threats
 A professional accountant having a direct financial interest in a client.
 A professional accountant quoting a low fee to obtain a new engagement and the
fee is so low that it might be difficult to perform the professional service in
accordance with applicable technical and professional standards for that price.
 A professional accountant having a close business relationship with a client.

 A professional accountant having access to confidential information that might be
used for personal gain.
 A professional accountant discovering a significant error when evaluating the

results of a previous professional service performed by a member of the
professional accountant’s firm.
(b) Self-review Threats
 A professional accountant issuing an assurance report on the effectiveness of the

operation of financial systems after implementing the systems.
 A professional accountant having prepared the original data used to generate

records that are the subject matter of the assurance engagement.
(c) Advocacy Threats
 A professional accountant promoting the interests of, or shares in, a client.
 A professional accountant acting as an advocate on behalf of a client in litigation

or disputes with third parties.
Page 76 of 232
 A professional accountant lobbying in favor of legislation on behalf of a client.
(d) Familiarity Threats
 A professional accountant having a close or immediate family member who is a

director or officer of the client.
 A director or officer of the client, or an employee in a position to exert significant

influence over the subject matter of the engagement, having recently served as
the engagement partner.
 An audit team member having a long association with the audit client.
(e) Intimidation Threats
 A professional accountant being threatened with dismissal from a client

engagement or the firm because of a disagreement about a professional matter.
 A professional accountant feeling pressured to agree with the judgement of a client

because the client has more expertise on the matter in question.
 A professional accountant being informed that a planned promotion will not occur
unless the professional accountant agrees with an inappropriate accounting
treatment.
 A professional accountant having accepted a significant gift from a client and being
threatened that acceptance of this gift will be made public.
Evaluating Threats
300.7 A1 The conditions, policies and procedures described in paragraph 120.6 A1 and 120.8 A2 might
impact the evaluation of whether a threat to compliance with the fundamental principles is at
an acceptable level. Such conditions, policies and procedures might relate to:
(a) The client and its operating environment; and
(b) The firm and its operating environment.
300.7 A2 The professional accountant’s evaluation of the level of a threat is also impacted by the nature
and scope of the professional service.
The Client and its Operating Environment
300.7 A3 The professional accountant’s evaluation of the level of a threat might be impacted by whether
the client is:
(a) An audit client and whether the audit client is a public interest entity;
(b) An assurance client that is not an audit client; or
(c) A non-assurance client.
For example, providing a non-assurance service to an audit client that is a public interest entity
might be perceived to result in a higher level of threat to compliance with the principle of
objectivity with respect to the audit.
300.7 A4 The corporate governance structure, including the leadership of a client might promote
compliance with the fundamental principles. Accordingly, a professional accountant’s
Page 77 of 232
evaluation of the level of a threat might also be impacted by a client’s operating environment.
For example:
 The client requires appropriate individuals other than management to ratify or approve
the appointment of a firm to perform an engagement.
 The client has competent employees with experience and seniority to make managerial
decisions.
 The client has implemented internal procedures that facilitate objective choices in
tendering non-assurance engagements.
 The client has a corporate governance structure that provides appropriate oversight and
communications regarding the firm’s services.
The Firm and its Operating Environment
300.7 A5 A professional accountant’s evaluation of the level of a threat might be impacted by the work
environment within the professional accountant’s firm and its operating environment. For
example:
 Leadership of the firm that promotes compliance with the fundamental principles and
establishes the expectation that assurance team members will act in the public interest.
 Policies or procedures for establishing and monitoring compliance with the fundamental
principles by all personnel.
 Compensation, performance appraisal and disciplinary policies and procedures that

promote compliance with the fundamental principles.
 Management of the reliance on revenue received from a single client.
 The engagement partner having authority within the firm for decisions concerning
compliance with the fundamental principles, including decisions about accepting or
providing services to a client.
 Educational, training and experience requirements.

 Processes to facilitate and address internal and external concerns or complaints.
Consideration of New Information or Changes in Facts and Circumstances
300.7 A6 New information or changes in facts and circumstances might:
(a) Impact the level of a threat; or
(b) Affect the professional accountant’s conclusions about whether safeguards applied
continue to address identified threats as intended.
In these situations, actions that were already implemented as safeguards might no longer be
effective in addressing threats. Accordingly, the application of the conceptual framework
requires that the professional accountant re-evaluate and address the threats accordingly.
(Ref: Paras. R120.9 and R120.10).
300.7 A7 Examples of new information or changes in facts and circumstances that might impact the level
of a threat include:
 When the scope of a professional service is expanded.
Page 78 of 232
 When the client becomes a listed entity or acquires another business unit.
 When the firm merges with another firm.
 When the professional accountant is jointly engaged by two clients and a dispute
emerges between the two clients.
 When there is a change in the professional accountant’s personal or immediate family

relationships.
Addressing Threats
300.8 A1 Paragraphs R120.10 to 120.10 A2 set out requirements and application material for addressing
threats that are not at an acceptable level.
Examples of Safeguards
300.8 A2 Safeguards vary depending on the facts and circumstances. Examples of actions that in certain
circumstances might be safeguards to address threats include:
 Assigning additional time and qualified personnel to required tasks when an engagement
has been accepted might address a self-interest threat.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who was not a member of the team review the work
performed or advise as necessary might address a self-review threat.
 Using different partners and engagement teams with separate reporting lines for the
provision of non-assurance services to an assurance client might address self-review,
advocacy or familiarity threats.
 Involving another firm to perform or re-perform part of the engagement might address
self-interest, self-review, advocacy, familiarity or intimidation threats.
 Disclosing to clients any referral fees or commission arrangements received for

recommending services or products might address a self-interest threat.
 Separating teams when dealing with matters of a confidential nature might address a
self-interest threat.
300.8 A3 The remaining sections of Part 3 and International Independence Standards describe certain
threats that might arise during the course of performing professional services and include
examples of actions that might address threats.
Appropriate Reviewer
300.8 A4 An appropriate reviewer is a professional with the necessary knowledge, skills, experience and
authority to review, in an objective manner, the relevant work performed or service provided.
Such an individual might be a professional accountant.
Communicating with Those Charged with Governance
R300.9 When communicating with those charged with governance in accordance with the Code, a
professional accountant shall determine the appropriate individual(s) within the entity's
governance structure with whom to communicate. If the professional accountant
communicates with a subgroup of those charged with governance, the professional accountant
shall determine whether communication with all of those charged with governance is also
necessary so that they are adequately informed.
Page 79 of 232
300.9 A1 In determining with whom to communicate, a professional accountant might consider:
(a) The nature and importance of the circumstances; and
(b) The matter to be communicated.
300.9 A2 Examples of a subgroup of those charged with governance include an audit committee or an
individual member of those charged with governance.
R300.10 If a professional accountant communicates with individuals who have management

responsibilities as well as governance responsibilities, the professional accountant shall be
satisfied that communication with those individuals adequately informs all of those in a
governance role with whom the professional accountant would otherwise communicate.
300.10 A1 In some circumstances, all of those charged with governance are involved in managing the
entity, for example, a small business where a single owner manages the entity and no one else
has a governance role. In these cases, if matters are communicated to individual(s) with
management responsibilities, and those individual(s) also have governance responsibilities,
the professional accountant has satisfied the requirement to communicate with those charged
with governance.
SECTION 310
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Introduction
310.2 A conflict of interest creates threats to compliance with the principle of objectivity and might
create threats to compliance with the other fundamental principles. Such threats might be
created when:
(a) A professional accountant provides a professional service related to a particular matter

for two or more clients whose interests with respect to that matter are in conflict; or
(b) The interests of a professional accountant with respect to a particular matter and the
interests of the client for whom the professional accountant provides a professional
service related to that matter are in conflict.
310.3 This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to applying the
conceptual framework to conflicts of interest. When a professional accountant provides an
audit, review or other assurance service, independence is also required in accordance with
International Independence Standards.

General
R310.4 A professional accountant shall not allow a conflict of interest to compromise professional or
business judgement.
310.4 A1 Examples of circumstances that might create a conflict of interest include:

 Providing a transaction advisory service to a client seeking to acquire an audit client,
Page 80 of 232
where the firm has obtained confidential information during the course of the audit that
might be relevant to the transaction.
 Providing advice to two clients at the same time where the clients are competing to
acquire the same company and the advice might be relevant to the parties’ competitive
positions.
 Providing services to a seller and a buyer in relation to the same transaction.
 Preparing valuations of assets for two parties who are in an adversarial position with
respect to the assets.
 Representing two clients in the same matter who are in a legal dispute with each other,
such as during divorce proceedings, or the dissolution of a partnership.
 In relation to a licence agreement, providing an assurance report for a licensor on the

royalties due while advising the licensee on the amounts payable.
 Advising a client to invest in a business in which, for example, the spouse of the
professional accountant has a financial interest.
 Providing strategic advice to a client on its competitive position while having a joint
venture or similar interest with a major competitor of the client.
 Advising a client on acquiring a business which the firm is also interested in acquiring.
 Advising a client on buying a product or service while having a royalty or commission

agreement with a potential seller of that product or service.
Conflict Identification
General
R310.5 Before accepting a new client relationship, engagement, or business relationship, a

professional accountant shall take reasonable steps to identify circumstances that might create
a conflict of interest, and therefore a threat to compliance with one or more of the fundamental
principles. Such steps shall include identifying:
(a) The nature of the relevant interests and relationships between the parties involved; and
(b) The service and its implication for relevant parties.
310.5 A1 An effective conflict identification process assists a professional accountant when taking
reasonable steps to identify interests and relationships that might create an actual or potential
conflict of interest, both before determining whether to accept an engagement and throughout
the engagement. Such a process includes considering matters identified by external parties,
for example clients or potential clients. The earlier an actual or potential conflict of interest is
identified, the greater the likelihood of the professional accountant being able to address
threats created by the conflict of interest.
310.5 A2 An effective process to identify actual or potential conflicts of interest will take into account
factors such as:
 The nature of the professional services provided.

 The size of the firm.
Page 81 of 232
 The size and nature of the client base.
 The structure of the firm, for example, the number and geographic location of offices.
310.5 A3 More information on client acceptance is set out in Section 320, Professional Appointments.
Changes in Circumstances
R310.6 A professional accountant shall remain alert to changes over time in the nature of services,
interests and relationships that might create a conflict of interest while performing an
engagement.
310.6 A1 The nature of services, interests and relationships might change during the engagement. This
is particularly true when a professional accountant is asked to conduct an engagement in a
situation that might become adversarial, even though the parties who engage the professional
accountant initially might not be involved in a dispute.
Network Firms
R310.7 If the firm is a member of a network, a professional accountant shall consider conflicts of
interest that the professional accountant has reason to believe might exist or arise due to
interests and relationships of a network firm.
310.7 A1 Factors to consider when identifying interests and relationships involving a network firm
include:
 The nature of the professional services provided.
 The clients served by the network.
 The geographic locations of all relevant parties.
Threats Created by Conflicts of Interest
310.8 A1 In general, the more direct the connection between the professional service and the matter on
which the parties’ interests conflict, the more likely the level of the threat is not at an acceptable
level.
310.8 A2 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of a threat created by a conflict of interest
include measures that prevent unauthorised disclosure of confidential information when
performing professional services related to a particular matter for two or more clients whose
interests with respect to that matter are in conflict. These measures include:
 The existence of separate practice areas for specialty functions within the firm, which
might act as a barrier to the passing of confidential client information between practice
areas.
 Policies and procedures to limit access to client files.
 Confidentiality agreements signed by personnel and partners of the firm.
 Separation of confidential information physically and electronically.
 Specific and dedicated training and communication.
310.8 A3 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address threats created by a conflict of interest
include:
 Having separate engagement teams who are provided with clear policies and
Page 82 of 232
procedures on maintaining confidentiality.
 Having an appropriate reviewer, who is not involved in providing the service or otherwise
affected by the conflict, review the work performed to assess whether the key
judgements and conclusions are appropriate.
Disclosure and Consent
General
R310.9 A professional accountant shall exercise professional judgement to determine whether the
nature and significance of a conflict of interest are such that specific disclosure and explicit
consent are necessary when addressing the threat created by the conflict of interest.
310.9 A1 Factors to consider when determining whether specific disclosure and explicit consent are
necessary include:
 The circumstances creating the conflict of interest.
 The parties that might be affected.
 The nature of the issues that might arise.
 The potential for the particular matter to develop in an unexpected manner.
310.9 A2 Disclosure and consent might take different forms, for example:
 General disclosure to clients of circumstances where, as is common commercial

practice, the professional accountant does not provide professional services exclusively
to any one client (for example, in a particular professional service and market sector).
This enables the client to provide general consent accordingly. For example, a
professional accountant might make general disclosure in the standard terms and
conditions for the engagement.
 Specific disclosure to affected clients of the circumstances of the particular conflict in
sufficient detail to enable the client to make an informed decision about the matter and
to provide explicit consent accordingly. Such disclosure might include a detailed
presentation of the circumstances and a comprehensive explanation of any planned
safeguards and the risks involved.
 Consent might be implied by clients’ conduct in circumstances where the professional

accountant has sufficient evidence to conclude that clients know the circumstances at
the outset and have accepted the conflict of interest if they do not raise an objection to
the existence of the conflict.
310.9 A3 It is generally necessary:
(a) To disclose the nature of the conflict of interest and how any threats created were
addressed to clients affected by a conflict of interest; and
(b) To obtain consent of the affected clients to perform the professional services when
safeguards are applied to address the threat.
310.9 A4 If such disclosure or consent is not in writing, the professional accountant is encouraged to
document:
(a) The nature of the circumstances giving rise to the conflict of interest;
Page 83 of 232
(b) The safeguards applied to address the threats when applicable; and
(c) The consent obtained.
When Explicit Consent is Refused
R310.10 If a professional accountant has determined that explicit consent is necessary in accordance
with paragraph R310.9 and the client has refused to provide consent, the professional
accountant shall either:
(a) End or decline to perform professional services that would result in the conflict of
interest; or
(b) End relevant relationships or dispose of relevant interests to eliminate the threat or
reduce it to an acceptable level.
Confidentiality
General
R310.11 A professional accountant shall remain alert to the principle of confidentiality, including when
making disclosures or sharing information within the firm or network and seeking guidance
from third parties.
310.11 A1 Subsection 114 sets out requirements and application material relevant to situations that might
create a threat to compliance with the principle of confidentiality.
When Disclosure to Obtain Consent would Breach Confidentiality
R310.12 When making specific disclosure for the purpose of obtaining explicit consent would result in a
breach of confidentiality, and such consent cannot therefore be obtained, the firm shall only
accept or continue an engagement if:
(a) The firm does not act in an advocacy role for one client in an adversarial position against
another client in the same matter;
(b) Specific measures are in place to prevent disclosure of confidential information between
the engagement teams serving the two clients; and
(c) The firm is satisfied that a reasonable and informed third party would be likely to conclude
that it is appropriate for the firm to accept or continue the engagement because a
restriction on the firm’s ability to provide the professional service would produce a
disproportionate adverse outcome for the clients or other relevant third parties.
310.12 A1 A breach of confidentiality might arise, for example, when seeking consent to perform:
 A transaction-related service for a client in a hostile takeover of another client of the firm.
 A forensic investigation for a client regarding a suspected fraud, where the firm has
confidential information from its work for another client who might be involved in the
fraud.
Documentation
Page 84 of 232
R310.13 In the circumstances set out in paragraph R310.12, the professional accountant shall
document:
(a) The nature of the circumstances, including the role that the professional accountant is
to undertake;
(b) The specific measures in place to prevent disclosure of information between the
engagement teams serving the two clients; and
(c) Why it is appropriate to accept or continue the engagement.
SECTION 320
PROFESSIONAL APPOINTMENTS
Introduction
320.2 Acceptance of a new client relationship or changes in an existing engagement might create a

Client and Engagement Acceptance
General
320.3 A1 Threats to compliance with the principles of integrity or professional behaviour might be
created, for example, from questionable issues associated with the client (its owners,
management or activities). Issues that, if known, might create such a threat include client
involvement in illegal activities, dishonesty, questionable financial reporting practices or other
unethical behaviour.
 Knowledge and understanding of the client, its owners, management and those charged
with governance and business activities.
 The client’s commitment to address the questionable issues, for example, through
improving corporate governance practices or internal controls.
320.3 A3 A self-interest threat to compliance with the principle of professional competence and due care
is created if the engagement team does not possess, or cannot acquire, the competencies to
perform the professional services.
 An appropriate understanding of:
o The nature of the client’s business;
o The complexity of its operations;
o The requirements of the engagement; and

Page 85 of 232
o The purpose, nature and scope of the work to be performed.
 Knowledge of relevant industries or subject matter.
 Experience with relevant regulatory or reporting requirements.
 The existence of quality control policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable
assurance that engagements are accepted only when they can be performed
competently.
320.3 A5 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address a self-interest threat include:
 Assigning sufficient engagement personnel with the necessary competencies.
 Agreeing on a realistic time frame for the performance of the engagement.
 Using experts where necessary.
Changes in a Professional Appointment
General
R320.4 A professional accountant shall determine whether there are any reasons for not accepting an
engagement when the professional accountant :
(a) Is asked by a potential client to replace another professional accountant ;
(b) Considers tendering for an engagement held by another professional accountant ; or
(c) Considers undertaking work that is complementary or additional to that of another

professional accountant.
320.4 A1 There might be reasons for not accepting an engagement. One such reason might be if a threat
created by the facts and circumstances cannot be addressed by applying safeguards. For
example, there might be a self-interest threat to compliance with the principle of professional
competence and due care if a professional accountant accepts the engagement before
knowing all the relevant facts.
320.4 A2 If a professional accountant is asked to undertake work that is complementary or additional to

the work of an existing or predecessor accountant, a self-interest threat to compliance with the
principle of professional competence and due care might be created, for example, as a result
of incomplete information.
320.4 A3 A factor that is relevant in evaluating the level of such a threat is whether tenders state that,
before accepting the engagement, contact with the existing or predecessor accountant will be
requested. This contact gives the proposed accountant the opportunity to inquire whether there
are any reasons why the engagement should not be accepted.
 Asking the existing or predecessor accountant to provide any known information of

which, in the existing or predecessor accountant’s opinion, the proposed accountant
needs to be aware before deciding whether to accept the engagement. For example,
inquiry might reveal previously undisclosed pertinent facts and might indicate
disagreements with the existing or predecessor accountant that might influence the
decision to accept the appointment.
Page 86 of 232
 Obtaining information from other sources such as through inquiries of third parties or
background investigations regarding senior management or those charged with
governance of the client.
Communicating with the Existing or Predecessor Accountant
320.5 A1 A proposed accountant will usually need the client’s permission, preferably in writing, to initiate
discussions with the existing or predecessor accountant.
R320.6 If unable to communicate with the existing or predecessor accountant, the proposed
accountant shall take other reasonable steps to obtain information about any possible threats.
R320.6a SA If the proposed client refuses or fails to give permission for the proposed accountant to
communicate with the existing or predecessor accountant, the proposed accountant shall
decline the appointment, unless there are exceptional circumstances of which the proposed
accountant has full knowledge, and the proposed accountant is satisfied regarding all relevant
facts, by some other means.
Communicating with the Proposed Accountant
R320.7 When an existing or predecessor accountant is asked to respond to a communication from a

proposed accountant, the existing or predecessor accountant shall:
(a) Comply with relevant laws and regulations governing the request; and
(b) Provide any information honestly and unambiguously.
320.7 A1 An existing or predecessor accountant is bound by confidentiality. Whether the existing or

predecessor accountant is permitted or required to discuss the affairs of a client with a
proposed accountant will depend on the nature of the engagement and:
(a) Whether the existing or predecessor accountant has permission from the client for the
discussion; and
(b) The legal and ethics requirements relating to such communications and disclosure,
which might vary by jurisdiction.
320.7 A2 Circumstances where a professional accountant is or might be required to disclose confidential
information, or when disclosure might be appropriate, are set out in paragraph 114.1 A1 of the
Code.
R320.7a SA The proposed accountant shall treat any information provided by the existing or predecessor
accountant in the strictest confidence.
Changes in Audit or Review Appointments
R320.8 In the case of an audit or review of financial statements, a professional accountant shall request
the existing or predecessor accountant to provide known information regarding any facts or
other information of which, in the existing or predecessor accountant’s opinion, the proposed
accountant needs to be aware before deciding whether to accept the engagement. Except for
the circumstances involving non-compliance or suspected non-compliance with laws and
regulations set out in paragraphs R360.21 and R360.22:
Page 87 of 232
(a) If the client consents to the existing or predecessor accountant disclosing any such facts
or other information, the existing or predecessor accountant shall provide the
information honestly and unambiguously; and
(b) If the client fails or refuses to grant the existing or predecessor accountant permission
to discuss the client’s affairs with the proposed accountant, the existing or predecessor
accountant shall disclose this fact to the proposed accountant, who shall carefully
consider such failure or refusal when determining whether to accept the appointment.
Client and Engagement Continuance
R320.9 For a recurring client engagement, a professional accountant shall periodically review whether
to continue with the engagement.
320.9 A1 Potential threats to compliance with the fundamental principles might be created after
acceptance which, had they been known earlier, would have caused the professional
accountant to decline the engagement. For example, a self-interest threat to compliance with
the principle of integrity might be created by improper earnings management or balance sheet
valuations.
Using the Work of an Expert
R320.10 When a professional accountant intends to use the work of an expert, the professional
accountant shall determine whether the use is warranted.
320.10 A1 Factors to consider when a professional accountant intends to use the work of an expert
include the reputation and expertise of the expert, the resources available to the expert, and
the professional and ethics standards applicable to the expert. This information might be
gained from prior association with the expert or from consulting others.
SECTION 321
SECOND OPINIONS
Introduction
321.2 Providing a second opinion to an entity that is not an existing client might create a self-interest
or other threat to compliance with one or more of the fundamental principles. This section sets
out specific requirements and application material relevant to applying the conceptual
framework in such circumstances.

General
Page 88 of 232
321.3 A1 A professional accountant might be asked to provide a second opinion on the application of
accounting, auditing, reporting or other standards or principles to (a) specific circumstances,
or (b) transactions by or on behalf of a company or an entity that is not an existing client. A
threat, for example, a self-interest threat to compliance with the principle of professional
competence and due care, might be created if the second opinion is not based on the same
facts that the existing or predecessor accountant had, or is based on inadequate evidence.
321.3 A2 A factor that is relevant in evaluating the level of such a self-interest threat is the circumstances
of the request and all the other available facts and assumptions relevant to the expression of
a professional judgement.
 With the client’s permission, obtaining information from the existing or predecessor
accountant.
 Describing the limitations surrounding any opinion in communications with the client.
 Providing the existing or predecessor accountant with a copy of the opinion.
When Permission to Communicate is Not Provided
R321.4 If an entity seeking a second opinion from a professional accountant will not permit the
professional accountant to communicate with the existing or predecessor accountant, the
professional accountant shall determine whether the professional accountant may provide the
second opinion sought.
SECTION 330
FEES AND OTHER TYPES OF REMUNERATION
Introduction
330.2 The level and nature of fee and other remuneration arrangements might create a self-interest
specific application material relevant to applying the conceptual framework in such
circumstances.

Level of Fees
330.3 A1 The level of fees quoted might impact a professional accountant’s ability to perform
professional services in accordance with professional standards.
330.3 A2 A professional accountant might quote whatever fee is considered appropriate. Quoting a fee
lower than another professional accountant is not in itself unethical. However, the level of fees
quoted creates a self-interest threat to compliance with the principle of professional
competence and due care if the fee quoted is so low that it might be difficult to perform the
engagement in accordance with applicable technical and professional standards.
Page 89 of 232
 Whether the client is aware of the terms of the engagement and, in particular, the basis
on which fees are charged and which professional services the quoted fee covers.
 Whether the level of the fee is set by an independent third party such as a regulatory
body.
 Adjusting the level of fees or the scope of the engagement.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the work performed.
Contingent Fees
R330.4 SA A professional accountant shall not charge contingent fees for the preparation of an original or
amended tax return, as contingent fees for these services create a self-interest threat to
objectivity that cannot be eliminated and safeguards are not capable of being applied to reduce
the threat to an acceptable level.
330.4 A1 Contingent fees are used for certain types of non-assurance services. However, contingent
fees might create threats to compliance with the fundamental principles, particularly a self-
interest threat to compliance with the principle of objectivity, in certain circumstances.
330.4 A2 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of such threats include:
 The nature of the engagement.
 The range of possible fee amounts.
 The basis for determining the fee.
 Disclosure to intended users of the work performed by the professional accountant and
the basis of remuneration.
 Quality control policies and procedures.

 Whether an independent third party is to review the outcome or result of the transaction.
 Whether the level of the fee is set by an independent third party such as a regulatory
body.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who was not involved in performing the non-assurance
service review the work performed by the professional accountant.
 Obtaining an advance written agreement with the client on the basis of remuneration.
Page 90 of 232
330.4 A4 Requirements and application material related to contingent fees for services provided to audit
or review clients and other assurance clients are set out in International Independence
Standards.
Referral Fees or Commissions
330.5 A1 A self-interest threat to compliance with the principles of objectivity and professional
competence and due care is created if a professional accountant pays or receives a referral
fee or receives a commission relating to a client. Such referral fees or commissions include,
for example:
 A fee paid to another professional accountant for the purposes of obtaining new client
work when the client continues as a client of the existing accountant but requires
specialist services not offered by that professional accountant.
 A fee received for referring a continuing client to another professional accountant or other
expert where the existing accountant does not provide the specific professional service
required by the client.
 A commission received from a third party (for example, a software vendor) in connection
with the sale of goods or services to a client.
 Obtaining an advance agreement upfront and in writing from the client for commission
arrangements in connection with the sale by another party of goods or services to the
client might address a self-interest threat.
 Disclosing to clients, upfront and in writing any referral fees or commission arrangements
paid to, or received from, another professional accountant or third party for
recommending services or products might address a self-interest threat.
Purchase or Sale of a Firm
330.6 A1 A professional accountant may purchase all or part of another firm on the basis that payments
will be made to individuals formerly owning the firm or to their heirs or estates. Such payments
are not referral fees or commissions for the purposes of this section.
SECTION 340
INDUCEMENTS, INCLUDING GIFTS AND HOSPITALITY
Introduction
340.2 Offering or accepting inducements might create a self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat
to compliance with the fundamental principles, particularly the principles of integrity, objectivity
and professional behaviour.
framework in relation to the offering and accepting of inducements when performing
professional services that does not constitute non-compliance with laws and regulations. This
Page 91 of 232
section also requires a professional accountant to comply with relevant laws and regulations
when offering or accepting inducements.

General
340.4 A1 An inducement is an object, situation, or action that is used as a means to influence another
individual’s behaviour, but not necessarily with the intent to improperly influence that
individual’s behaviour. Inducements can range from minor acts of hospitality between
professional accountants and existing or prospective clients to acts that result in non-
compliance with laws and regulations. An inducement can take many different forms, for
example:
 Gifts.
 Hospitality.
 Entertainment.

Inducements Prohibited by Laws and Regulations
R340.5 In many jurisdictions, there are laws and regulations, such as those related to bribery and
corruption, that prohibit the offering or accepting of inducements in certain circumstances. The
professional accountant shall obtain an understanding of relevant laws and regulations and
comply with them when the professional accountant encounters such circumstances.
Inducements Not Prohibited by Laws and Regulations
340.6 A1 The offering or accepting of inducements that is not prohibited by laws and regulations might
still create threats to compliance with the fundamental principles.
Inducements with Intent to Improperly Influence Behaviour
R340.7 A professional accountant shall not offer, or encourage others to offer, any inducement that is
made, or which the professional accountant considers a reasonable and informed third party
would be likely to conclude is made, with the intent to improperly influence the behaviour of the
recipient or of another individual.
R340.8 A professional accountant shall not accept, or encourage others to accept, any inducement
that the professional accountant concludes is made, or considers a reasonable and informed
third party would be likely to conclude is made, with the intent to improperly influence the
behaviour of the recipient or of another individual.
340.9 A1 An inducement is considered as improperly influencing an individual’s behaviour if it causes
the individual to act in an unethical manner. Such improper influence can be directed either
towards the recipient or towards another individual who has some relationship with the
recipient. The fundamental principles are an appropriate frame of reference for a professional
accountant in considering what constitutes unethical behaviour on the part of the professional
accountant and, if necessary by analogy, other individuals.
Page 92 of 232
340.9 A2 A breach of the fundamental principle of integrity arises when a professional accountant offers
or accepts, or encourages others to offer or accept, an inducement where the intent is to
improperly influence the behaviour of the recipient or of another individual.
340.9 A3 The determination of whether there is actual or perceived intent to improperly influence
behaviour requires the exercise of professional judgement. Relevant factors to consider might
include:
 The nature, frequency, value and cumulative effect of the inducement.
 Timing of when the inducement is offered relative to any action or decision that it might
influence.
 Whether the inducement is a customary or cultural practice in the circumstances, for
example, offering a gift on the occasion of a religious holiday or wedding.
 Whether the inducement is an ancillary part of a professional service, for example, offering
or accepting lunch in connection with a business meeting.
 Whether the offer of the inducement is limited to an individual recipient or available to a
broader group. The broader group might be internal or external to the firm, such as other
suppliers to the client.
 The roles and positions of the individuals at the firm or the client offering or being offered
the inducement.
 Whether the professional accountant knows, or has reason to believe, that accepting the
inducement would breach the policies and procedures of the client.
 The degree of transparency with which the inducement is offered.
 Whether the inducement was required or requested by the recipient.
 The known previous behaviour or reputation of the offeror.

Consideration of Further Actions
340.10 A1 If the professional accountant becomes aware of an inducement offered with actual or
perceived intent to improperly influence behaviour, threats to compliance with the fundamental
principles might still be created even if the requirements in paragraphs R340.7 and R340.8 are
met.
 Informing senior management of the firm or those charged with governance of the client
regarding the offer.
 Amending or terminating the business relationship with the client.

Inducements with No Intent to Improperly Influence Behaviour
340.11 A1 The requirements and application material set out in the conceptual framework apply when a
professional accountant has concluded there is no actual or perceived intent to improperly
influence the behaviour of the recipient or of another individual.
340.11 A2 If such an inducement is trivial and inconsequential, any threats created will be at an acceptable
level.
Page 93 of 232
340.11 A3 Examples of circumstances where offering or accepting such an inducement might create
threats even if the professional accountant has concluded there is no actual or perceived intent
to improperly influence behaviour include:
 Self-interest threats
o A professional accountant is offered hospitality from the prospective acquirer of a client
while providing corporate finance services to the client.
 Familiarity threats
o A professional accountant regularly takes an existing or prospective client to sporting
events.
 Intimidation threats
o A professional accountant accepts hospitality from a client, the nature of which could
be perceived to be inappropriate were it to be publicly disclosed.
340.11 A4 Relevant factors in evaluating the level of such threats created by offering or accepting such
an inducement include the same factors set out in paragraph 340.9 A3 for determining intent.
340.11 A5 Examples of actions that might eliminate threats created by offering or accepting such an
inducement include:
 Declining or not offering the inducement.
 Transferring responsibility for the provision of any professional services to the client to
another individual who the professional accountant has no reason to believe would be, or
would be perceived to be, improperly influenced when providing the services.
340.11 A6 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such threats created by offering or
accepting such an inducement include:
 Being transparent with senior management of the firm or of the client about offering or
accepting an inducement.
 Registering the inducement in a log monitored by senior management of the firm or another
individual responsible for the firm’s ethics compliance or maintained by the client.
 Having an appropriate reviewer, who is not otherwise involved in providing the professional
service, review any work performed or decisions made by the professional accountant with
respect to the client from which the professional accountant accepted the inducement.
 Donating the inducement to charity after receipt and appropriately disclosing the donation,
for example, to a member of senior management of the firm or the individual who offered
the inducement.
 Reimbursing the cost of the inducement, such as hospitality, received.
 As soon as possible, returning the inducement, such as a gift, after it was initially accepted.
Immediate or Close Family Members
R340.12 A professional accountant shall remain alert to potential threats to the professional
accountant’s compliance with the fundamental principles created by the offering of an
inducement:
(a) By an immediate or close family member of the professional accountant to an existing or
prospective client of the professional accountant.
Page 94 of 232
(b) To an immediate or close family member of the professional accountant by an existing

or prospective client of the professional accountant.
R340.13 Where the professional accountant becomes aware of an inducement being offered to or made
by an immediate or close family member and concludes there is intent to improperly influence
the behaviour of the professional accountant or of an existing or prospective client of the
professional accountant, or considers a reasonable and informed third party would be likely to
conclude such intent exists, the professional accountant shall advise the immediate or close
family member not to offer or accept the inducement.
340.13 A1 The factors set out in paragraph 340.9 A3 are relevant in determining whether there is actual
or perceived intent to improperly influence the behaviour of the professional accountant or of
the existing or prospective client. Another factor that is relevant is the nature or closeness of
the relationship, between:
(a) The professional accountant and the immediate or close family member;
(b) The immediate or close family member and the existing or prospective client; and
(c) The professional accountant and the existing or prospective client.
For example, the offer of employment, outside of the normal recruitment process, to the spouse
of the professional accountant by a client for whom the professional accountant is providing a
business valuation for a prospective sale might indicate such intent.
340.13 A2 The application material in paragraph 340.10 A2 is also relevant in addressing threats that
might be created when there is actual or perceived intent to improperly influence the behaviour
of the professional accountant, or of the existing or prospective client even if the immediate or
close family member has followed the advice given pursuant to paragraph R340.13.
Application of the Conceptual Framework
340.14 A1 Where the professional accountant becomes aware of an inducement offered in the
circumstances addressed in paragraph R340.12, threats to compliance with the fundamental
principles might be created where:
(a) The immediate or close family member offers or accepts the inducement contrary to the
advice of the professional accountant pursuant to paragraph R340.13; or
(b) The professional accountant does not have reason to believe an actual or perceived
intent to improperly influence the behaviour of the professional accountant or of the
existing or prospective client exists.
340.14 A2 The application material in paragraphs 340.11 A1 to 340.11 A6 is relevant for the purposes of
identifying, evaluating and addressing such threats. Factors that are relevant in evaluating the
level of threats in these circumstances also include the nature or closeness of the relationships
set out in paragraph 340.13 A1.
340.15 A1 If a professional accountant encounters or is made aware of inducements that might result in
non-compliance or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations by a client or
individuals working for or under the direction of the client, the requirements and application
material in Section 360 apply.
340.15 A2 If a firm, network firm or an audit team member is being offered gifts or hospitality from an audit
client, the requirement and application material set out in Section 420 apply.
Page 95 of 232
340.15 A3 If a firm or an assurance team member is being offered gifts or hospitality from an assurance
client, the requirement and application material set out in Section 906 apply.
SECTION 350
CUSTODY OF CLIENT ASSETS
Introduction
350.2 Holding client assets whilst providing professional services creates a self-interest or other
threat to compliance with the fundamental principles of professional behaviour and objectivity.
This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to applying the
conceptual framework in such circumstances.

Before Taking Custody
R350.3 A professional accountant shall not assume custody of client money or other assets unless
permitted to do so by law and in accordance with any conditions under which such custody
may be taken.
R350.4 As part of client and engagement acceptance procedures related to assuming custody of client
money or assets, a professional accountant shall:
(a) Make inquiries about the source of the assets; and
(b) Consider related legal and regulatory obligations.
(350.4 A1 has been elevated into a South African requirement R350.4a SA)
R350.4a SA Inquiries about the source of client assets might reveal, for example, that the assets were
derived from illegal activities, such as money laundering. The professional accountant shall not
accept or hold the assets in such circumstances, and the provisions of Section 360 would
apply.
After Taking Custody
R350.5 A professional accountant entrusted with money or other assets belonging to others shall:
(a) Comply with the laws and regulations relevant to holding and accounting for the assets;
(b) Keep the assets separately from personal or firm assets;
(c) Use the assets only for the purpose for which they are intended; and
(d) Be ready at all times to account for the assets and any income, dividends, or gains
generated, to any entity or individuals entitled to that accounting.
Client Monies
R350.6 SA If a professional accountant is entrusted with client monies, which come into the professional
accountant’s possession or under the professional accountant’s control and for which the
professional accountant is responsible to account to a client, the professional accountant shall:
Page 96 of 232
(a) Not refer to such client monies as being “in trust” or in a “trust account” as this could be
misleading;
(b) Maintain one or more bank accounts with an institution or institutions registered in terms
of the Banks Act, 1990 (Act 94 of 1990), that are separate from the professional
accountant’s own bank account;
(c) Appropriately designate such bank accounts. This includes a general bank account in
the professional accountant’s name where all client monies are held (such as ABC’s
Client Account), or a specific account named and operated per relevant client;
(d) Deposit client monies without delay to the credit of such client account;
(e) Maintain such records as may reasonably be expected to ensure that the client monies
can be readily identified as being the property of the client, for example, detailed
bookkeeping and being able to supply the client with an analysis of the account/s;
(f) Perform a reconciliation between the designated bank account and the client monies
ledger account/s; and
(g) Not hold client monies indefinitely unless specifically allowed by laws and regulations.
Professional accountants are encouraged to hold client monies for a limited period,
depending on the professional service provided.
Client Assets other than Monies
R350.7 SA If a professional accountant is entrusted with client assets other than client monies which come
into the professional accountant’s possession or under the professional accountant’s control
and for which the professional accountant is responsible to account to a client, the professional
accountant shall:
(a) Not refer to such client assets as being held “in trust” or in a “trust account” as this could
be misleading;
(b) Maintain such records as may be reasonably expected to ensure that the client assets
can readily be identified as being the property of the client; and
(c) If client assets are in the form of documents of title to money, or documents of title that
can be converted into money, make such arrangements as may be appropriate in the
circumstances to safeguard such documents against unauthorised use.
Possible Measures of Protection
R350.8 SA A professional accountant shall apply appropriate measures to protect the client assets.
350.8 A1 SA Examples of measures may include:
(a) If the professional accountant administers a large number of client accounts that hold
client monies the professional accountant may utilise an umbrella account with sub-
accounts for each client;
(b) If the professional service requires the professional accountant to be entrusted with client
monies for an unusually long period and the professional accountant is not the auditor or
assurance provider, the professional accountant shall request the client to open a
Page 97 of 232
separate bank account and provide the professional accountant with appropriate power
of attorney or signatory rights over the account;
(c) Before taking custody of client assets the professional accountant shall consider whether
the firm’s indemnity and fidelity insurance is sufficient to cover incidents of fraud or theft;
and
(d) Where a formal engagement letter is entered into covering the professional service
involving custody of client assets, the engagement letter shall address the risks and
responsibilities relating to such client assets.
Custody of Client Assets for Audit or Other Assurance Clients
R350.9 SA A professional accountant shall not accept custody of an audit or assurance client’s assets
unless the threat to independence can be eliminated or reduced to an acceptable level. The
independence requirements in paragraphs R600.7 – R600.8 apply for audit and review
engagements and paragraphs R950.6 – R950.7 apply to other assurance engagements.
SECTION 360
RESPONDING TO NON-COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Introduction
360.2 A self-interest or intimidation threat to compliance with the fundamental principles of integrity
and professional behaviour is created when a professional accountant becomes aware of non-
compliance or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations.
360.3 A professional accountant might encounter or be made aware of non-compliance or suspected

non-compliance in the course of providing a professional service to a client. This section guides
the professional accountant in assessing the implications of the matter and the possible
courses of action when responding to non-compliance or suspected non-compliance with:
(a) Laws and regulations generally recognised to have a direct effect on the determination
of material amounts and disclosures in the client’s financial statements; and
(b) Other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the determination of the
amounts and disclosures in the client’s financial statements, but compliance with which
might be fundamental to the operating aspects of the client’s business, to its ability to
continue its business, or to avoid material penalties.
Objectives of the Professional Accountant in Relation to Non-compliance with Laws and

Regulations
360.4 A distinguishing mark of the accountancy profession is its acceptance of the responsibility to
act in the public interest. When responding to non-compliance or suspected non-compliance,
the objectives of the professional accountant are:
(a) To comply with the principles of integrity and professional behaviour;
(b) By alerting management or, where appropriate, those charged with governance of the
client, to seek to:
Page 98 of 232
(i) Enable them to rectify, remediate or mitigate the consequences of the identified or
suspected non-compliance; or
(ii) Deter the commission of the non-compliance where it has not yet occurred; and
(c) To take such further action as appropriate in the public interest.

General
360.5 A1 Non-compliance with laws and regulations (“non-compliance”) comprises acts of omission or
commission, intentional or unintentional, which are contrary to the prevailing laws or
regulations committed by the following parties:
(a) A client;
(b) Those charged with governance of a client;
(c) Management of a client; or
(d) Other individuals working for or under the direction of a client.
360.5 A2 Examples of laws and regulations which this section addresses include those that deal with:
 Fraud, corruption and bribery.
 Money laundering, terrorist financing and proceeds of crime.
 Securities markets and trading.
 Banking and other financial products and services.
 Data protection.
 Tax and pension liabilities and payments.
 Environmental protection.
 Public health and safety.

360.5 A3 Non-compliance might result in fines, litigation or other consequences for the client, potentially
materially affecting its financial statements. Importantly, such non-compliance might have
wider public interest implications in terms of potentially substantial harm to investors, creditors,
employees or the general public. For the purposes of this section, an act that causes
substantial harm is one that results in serious adverse consequences to any of these parties
in financial or non-financial terms. Examples include the perpetration of a fraud resulting in
significant financial losses to investors, and breaches of environmental laws and regulations
endangering the health or safety of employees or the public.
R360.6 In some jurisdictions, there are legal or regulatory provisions governing how professional
accountants should address non-compliance or suspected non-compliance. These legal or
regulatory provisions might differ from or go beyond the provisions in this section. When
encountering such non-compliance or suspected non-compliance, the professional accountant
shall obtain an understanding of those legal or regulatory provisions and comply with them,
including:
(a) Any requirement to report the matter to an appropriate authority; and
Page 99 of 232
(b) Any prohibition on alerting the client.
360.6 A1 A prohibition on alerting the client might arise, for example, pursuant to anti-money laundering
legislation.
360.7 A1 This section applies regardless of the nature of the client, including whether or not it is a public
interest entity.
360.7 A2 A professional accountant who encounters or is made aware of matters that are clearly
inconsequential is not required to comply with this section. Whether a matter is clearly
inconsequential is to be judged with respect to its nature and its impact, financial or otherwise,
on the client, its stakeholders and the general public.
360.7 A3 This section does not address:
(a) Personal misconduct unrelated to the business activities of the client; and
(b) Non-compliance by parties other than those specified in paragraph 360.5 A1. This
includes, for example, circumstances where a professional accountant has been
engaged by a client to perform a due diligence assignment on a third party entity and the
identified or suspected non-compliance has been committed by that third-party.
The professional accountant might nevertheless find the guidance in this section helpful in
considering how to respond in these situations.
Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance
360.8 A1 Management, with the oversight of those charged with governance, is responsible for ensuring
that the client’s business activities are conducted in accordance with laws and regulations.
Management and those charged with governance are also responsible for identifying and
addressing any non-compliance by:
(a) The client;
(b) An individual charged with governance of the entity;

(c) A member of management; or
(d) Other individuals working for or under the direction of the client.
Responsibilities of All Professional Accountants
R360.9 Where a professional accountant becomes aware of a matter to which this section applies, the
steps that the professional accountant takes to comply with this section shall be taken on a
timely basis. In taking timely steps, the professional accountant shall have regard to the nature
of the matter and the potential harm to the interests of the entity, investors, creditors,
employees or the general public.
Audits of Financial Statements
Obtaining an Understanding of the Matter
R360.10 If a professional accountant engaged to perform an audit of financial statements becomes

aware of information concerning non-compliance or suspected non-compliance, the
professional accountant shall obtain an understanding of the matter. This understanding shall
include the nature of the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance and the circumstances
in which it has occurred or might occur.
Page 100 of 232
360.10 A1 The professional accountant might become aware of the non-compliance or suspected non-
compliance in the course of performing the engagement or through information provided by
other parties.
of knowledge of laws and regulations greater than that which is required to undertake the
engagement. Whether an act constitutes non-compliance is ultimately a matter to be
determined by a court or other appropriate adjudicative body.
consult on a confidential basis with others within the firm, a network firm or a professional body,
or with legal counsel.
occur, the professional accountant shall discuss the matter with the appropriate level of
management and, where appropriate, those charged with governance.
360.11 A1 The purpose of the discussion is to clarify the professional accountant’s understanding of the
facts and circumstances relevant to the matter and its potential consequences. The discussion
also might prompt management or those charged with governance to investigate the matter.
360.11 A2 The appropriate level of management with whom to discuss the matter is a question of
professional judgement. Relevant factors to consider include:
 The nature and circumstances of the matter.
 The individuals actually or potentially involved.
 The likelihood of collusion.
 The potential consequences of the matter.
 Whether that level of management is able to investigate the matter and take appropriate
action.
360.11 A3 The appropriate level of management is usually at least one level above the individual or
individuals involved or potentially involved in the matter. In the context of a group, the
appropriate level might be management at an entity that controls the client.
360.11 A4 The professional accountant might also consider discussing the matter with internal auditors,
where applicable.
R360.12 If the professional accountant believes that management is involved in the non-compliance or
suspected non-compliance, the professional accountant shall discuss the matter with those
charged with governance.
Addressing the Matter
R360.13 In discussing the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance with management and, where
appropriate, those charged with governance, the professional accountant shall advise them to
take appropriate and timely actions, if they have not already done so, to:
(a) Rectify, remediate or mitigate the consequences of the non-compliance;
(b) Deter the commission of the non-compliance where it has not yet occurred; or
Page 101 of 232

(c) Disclose the matter to an appropriate authority where required by law or regulation or
where considered necessary in the public interest.
R360.14 The professional accountant shall consider whether management and those charged with
governance understand their legal or regulatory responsibilities with respect to the non-
compliance or suspected non-compliance.
360.14 A1 If management and those charged with governance do not understand their legal or regulatory
responsibilities with respect to the matter, the professional accountant might suggest
appropriate sources of information or recommend that they obtain legal advice.
R360.15 The professional accountant shall comply with applicable:
(a) Laws and regulations, including legal or regulatory provisions governing the reporting of
non-compliance or suspected non-compliance to an appropriate authority; and
(b) Requirements under auditing standards, including those relating to:
 Identifying and responding to non-compliance, including fraud.
 Communicating with those charged with governance.
 Considering the implications of the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance

for the auditor’s report.
360.15 A1 Some laws and regulations might stipulate a period within which reports of non-compliance or
suspected non-compliance are to be made to an appropriate authority.
Communication with Respect to Groups
R360.16 Where a professional accountant becomes aware of non-compliance or suspected non-

compliance in relation to a component of a group in either of the following two situations, the
professional accountant shall communicate the matter to the group engagement partner unless
prohibited from doing so by law or regulation:
(a) The professional accountant is, for purposes of an audit of the group financial
statements, requested by the group engagement team to perform work on financial
information related to the component; or
(b) The professional accountant is engaged to perform an audit of the component’s financial
statements for purposes other than the group audit, for example, a statutory audit.
The communication to the group engagement partner shall be in addition to responding to the
matter in accordance with the provisions of this section.
360.16 A1 The purpose of the communication is to enable the group engagement partner to be informed
about the matter and to determine, in the context of the group audit, whether and, if so, how to
address it in accordance with the provisions in this section. The communication requirement in
paragraph R360.16 applies regardless of whether the group engagement partner’s firm or
network is the same as or different from the professional accountant’s firm or network.
R360.17 Where the group engagement partner becomes aware of non-compliance or suspected non-
compliance in the course of an audit of group financial statements, the group engagement
partner shall consider whether the matter might be relevant to one or more components:
(a) Whose financial information is subject to work for purposes of the audit of the group
financial statements; or
Page 102 of 232

(b) Whose financial statements are subject to audit for purposes other than the group audit,
for example, a statutory audit.
This consideration shall be in addition to responding to the matter in the context of the group
audit in accordance with the provisions of this section.
R360.18 If the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance might be relevant to one or more of the
components specified in paragraph R360.17(a) and (b), the group engagement partner shall
take steps to have the matter communicated to those performing work at the components,
unless prohibited from doing so by law or regulation. If necessary, the group engagement
partner shall arrange for appropriate inquiries to be made (either of management or from
publicly available information) as to whether the relevant component(s) specified in paragraph
R360.17(b) is subject to audit and, if so, to ascertain to the extent practicable the identity of the
auditor.
360.18 A1 The purpose of the communication is to enable those responsible for work at the components
to be informed about the matter and to determine whether and, if so, how to address it in
accordance with the provisions in this section. The communication requirement applies
regardless of whether the group engagement partner’s firm or network is the same as or
different from the firms or networks of those performing work at the components.
Determining Whether Further Action Is Needed
R360.19 The professional accountant shall assess the appropriateness of the response of management
and, where applicable, those charged with governance.
360.19 A1 Relevant factors to consider in assessing the appropriateness of the response of management
and, where applicable, those charged with governance include whether:
 The response is timely.
 The non-compliance or suspected non-compliance has been adequately investigated.
 Action has been, or is being, taken to rectify, remediate or mitigate the consequences of
any non-compliance.
 Action has been, or is being, taken to deter the commission of any non-compliance
where it has not yet occurred.
 Appropriate steps have been, or are being, taken to reduce the risk of re-occurrence, for
example, additional controls or training.
 The non-compliance or suspected non-compliance has been disclosed to an appropriate

authority where appropriate and, if so, whether the disclosure appears adequate.
R360.20 In light of the response of management and, where applicable, those charged with governance,
the professional accountant shall determine if further action is needed in the public interest.
360.20 A1 The determination of whether further action is needed, and the nature and extent of it, will
depend on various factors, including:
 The pervasiveness of the matter throughout the client.
Page 103 of 232

 Whether the professional accountant continues to have confidence in the integrity of

management and, where applicable, those charged with governance.
 Whether the non-compliance or suspected non-compliance is likely to recur.
 Whether there is credible evidence of actual or potential substantial harm to the interests
of the entity, investors, creditors, employees or the general public.
360.20 A2 Examples of circumstances that might cause the professional accountant no longer to have
confidence in the integrity of management and, where applicable, those charged with
governance include situations where:
 The professional accountant suspects or has evidence of their involvement or intended

involvement in any non-compliance.
 The professional accountant is aware that they have knowledge of such non-compliance
and, contrary to legal or regulatory requirements, have not reported, or authorised the
reporting of, the matter to an appropriate authority within a reasonable period.
R360.21 The professional accountant shall exercise professional judgement in determining the need
for, and nature and extent of, further action. In making this determination, the professional
accountant shall take into account whether a reasonable and informed third party would be
likely to conclude that the professional accountant has acted appropriately in the public interest.
360.21 A1 Further action that the professional accountant might take includes:

 Withdrawing from the engagement and the professional relationship where permitted by
law or regulation.
360.21 A2 Withdrawing from the engagement and the professional relationship is not a substitute for
taking other actions that might be needed to achieve the professional accountant’s objectives
under this section. In some jurisdictions, however, there might be limitations as to the further
actions available to the professional accountant. In such circumstances, withdrawal might be
the only available course of action.
R360.22 Where the professional accountant has withdrawn from the professional relationship pursuant
to paragraphs R360.20 and 360.21 A1, the professional accountant shall, on request by the
proposed accountant pursuant to paragraph R320.8, provide all relevant facts and other
information concerning the identified or suspected non-compliance to the proposed
accountant. The predecessor accountant shall do so, even in the circumstances addressed in
paragraph R320.8(b) where the client fails or refuses to grant the predecessor accountant
permission to discuss the client’s affairs with the proposed accountant, unless prohibited by
law or regulation.
360.22 A1 The facts and other information to be provided are those that, in the predecessor accountant’s
opinion, the proposed accountant needs to be aware of before deciding whether to accept the
audit appointment. Section 320 addresses communications from proposed accountants.
R360.23 If the proposed accountant is unable to communicate with the predecessor accountant, the
proposed accountant shall take reasonable steps to obtain information about the
circumstances of the change of appointment by other means.
Page 104 of 232
360.23 A1 Other means to obtain information about the circumstances of the change of appointment
include inquiries of third parties or background investigations of management or those charged
with governance.
360.24 A1 As assessment of the matter might involve complex analysis and judgements, the professional
accountant might consider:
 Obtaining legal advice to understand the professional accountant’s options and the
professional or legal implications of taking any particular course of action.
Determining Whether to Disclose the Matter to an Appropriate Authority
360.25 A1 Disclosure of the matter to an appropriate authority would be precluded if doing so would be
contrary to law or regulation. Otherwise, the purpose of making disclosure is to enable an
appropriate authority to cause the matter to be investigated and action to be taken in the public
interest.
360.25 A2 The determination of whether to make such a disclosure depends in particular on the nature
and extent of the actual or potential harm that is or might be caused by the matter to investors,
creditors, employees or the general public. For example, the professional accountant might
determine that disclosure of the matter to an appropriate authority is an appropriate course of
action if:
 The entity is engaged in bribery (for example, of local or foreign government officials for
purposes of securing large contracts).
 The entity is regulated and the matter is of such significance as to threaten its licence to
operate.
 The entity is listed on a securities exchange and the matter might result in adverse
consequences to the fair and orderly market in the entity’s securities or pose a systemic
risk to the financial markets.
 It is likely that the entity would sell products that are harmful to public health or safety.
 The entity is promoting a scheme to its clients to assist them in evading taxes.
360.25 A3 The determination of whether to make such a disclosure will also depend on external factors
such as:
 Whether there is an appropriate authority that is able to receive the information, and
cause the matter to be investigated and action to be taken. The appropriate authority will
depend on the nature of the matter. For example, the appropriate authority would be a
securities regulator in the case of fraudulent financial reporting or an environmental
protection agency in the case of a breach of environmental laws and regulations.
 Whether there exists robust and credible protection from civil, criminal or professional
liability or retaliation afforded by legislation or regulation, such as under whistle-blowing
legislation or regulation.
 Whether there are actual or potential threats to the physical safety of the professional
accountant or other individuals.
Page 105 of 232
R360.26 If the professional accountant determines that disclosure of the non-compliance or suspected
non-compliance to an appropriate authority is an appropriate course of action in the
circumstances, that disclosure is permitted pursuant to paragraph R114.1(d) of the Code.
When making such disclosure, the professional accountant shall act in good faith and exercise
caution when making statements and assertions. The professional accountant shall also
consider whether it is appropriate to inform the client of the professional accountant intentions
before disclosing the matter.
Imminent Breach
R360.27 In exceptional circumstances, the professional accountant might become aware of actual or
intended conduct that the professional accountant has reason to believe would constitute an
imminent breach of a law or regulation that would cause substantial harm to investors,
creditors, employees or the general public. Having first considered whether it would be
appropriate to discuss the matter with management or those charged with governance of the
entity, the professional accountant shall exercise professional judgement and determine
whether to disclose the matter immediately to an appropriate authority in order to prevent or
mitigate the consequences of such imminent breach. If disclosure is made, that disclosure is
permitted pursuant to paragraph R114.1(d) of the Code.
Documentation
R360.28 In relation to non-compliance or suspected non-compliance that falls within the scope of this
section, the professional accountant shall document:
 How management and, where applicable, those charged with governance have
responded to the matter.
and the decisions that were taken, having regard to the reasonable and informed third
party test.
360.28 A1 This documentation is in addition to complying with the documentation requirements under
applicable auditing standards. ISAs, for example, require a professional accountant performing
an audit of financial statements to:
 Prepare documentation sufficient to enable an understanding of significant matters

arising during the audit, the conclusions reached, and significant professional
judgements made in reaching those conclusions;
 Document discussions of significant matters with management, those charged with

governance, and others, including the nature of the significant matters discussed and
when and with whom the discussions took place; and
 Document identified or suspected non-compliance, and the results of discussion with

management and, where applicable, those charged with governance and other parties
outside the entity.
Page 106 of 232

Professional Services Other than Audits of Financial Statements
Obtaining an Understanding of the Matter and Addressing It with Management and Those Charged with
Governance
R360.29 If a professional accountant engaged to provide a professional service other than an audit of
financial statements becomes aware of information concerning non-compliance or suspected
non-compliance, the professional accountant shall seek to obtain an understanding of the
matter. This understanding shall include the nature of the non-compliance or suspected non-
compliance and the circumstances in which it has occurred or might be about to occur.
of understanding of laws and regulations beyond that which is required for the professional
service for which the professional accountant was engaged. Whether an act constitutes actual
non-compliance is ultimately a matter to be determined by a court or other appropriate
adjudicative body.
consult on a confidential basis with others within the firm, a network firm or a professional body,
or with legal counsel.
occur, the professional accountant shall discuss the matter with the appropriate level of
management. If the professional accountant has access to those charged with governance,
the professional accountant shall also discuss the matter with them where appropriate.
360.30 A1 The purpose of the discussion is to clarify the professional accountant’s understanding of the
facts and circumstances relevant to the matter and its potential consequences. The discussion
also might prompt management or those charged with governance to investigate the matter.
360.30 A2 The appropriate level of management with whom to discuss the matter is a question of
professional judgement. Relevant factors to consider include:
 The nature and circumstances of the matter.
 The individuals actually or potentially involved.
 The likelihood of collusion.
 The potential consequences of the matter.
 Whether that level of management is able to investigate the matter and take appropriate
action.
Communicating the Matter to the Entity’s External Auditor
R360.31 If the professional accountant is performing a non-audit service for:
(a) An audit client of the firm; or
(b) A component of an audit client of the firm,
the professional accountant shall communicate the non-compliance or suspected non-

compliance within the firm, unless prohibited from doing so by law or regulation. The
communication shall be made in accordance with the firm’s protocols or procedures. In the
Page 107 of 232

absence of such protocols and procedures, it shall be made directly to the audit engagement
partner.
R360.32 If the professional accountant is performing a non-audit service for:
(a) An audit client of a network firm; or
(b) A component of an audit client of a network firm,
the professional accountant shall consider whether to communicate the non-compliance or

suspected non-compliance to the network firm. Where the communication is made, it shall be
made in accordance with the network's protocols or procedures. In the absence of such
protocols and procedures, it shall be made directly to the audit engagement partner.
R360.33 If the professional accountant is performing a non-audit service for a client that is not:
(a) An audit client of the firm or a network firm; or
(b) A component of an audit client of the firm or a network firm,
the professional accountant shall consider whether to communicate the non-compliance or

suspected non-compliance to the firm that is the client’s external auditor, if any.
Relevant Factors to Consider
360.34 A1 Factors relevant to considering the communication in accordance with paragraphs R360.31 to
R360.33 include:
 Whether doing so would be contrary to law or regulation.
 Whether there are restrictions about disclosure imposed by a regulatory agency or

prosecutor in an ongoing investigation into the non-compliance or suspected non-
compliance.
 Whether the purpose of the engagement is to investigate potential non-compliance within

the entity to enable it to take appropriate action.
 Whether management or those charged with governance have already informed the
entity’s external auditor about the matter.
 The likely materiality of the matter to the audit of the client’s financial statements or,
where the matter relates to a component of a group, its likely materiality to the audit of
the group financial statements.
Purpose of Communication
360.35 A1 In the circumstances addressed in paragraphs R360.31 to R360.33, the purpose of the
communication is to enable the audit engagement partner to be informed about the non-
compliance or suspected non-compliance and to determine whether and, if so, how to address
it in accordance with the provisions of this section.
Considering Whether Further Action Is Needed
R360.36 The professional accountant shall also consider whether further action is needed in the public
interest.
360.36 A1 Whether further action is needed, and the nature and extent of it, will depend on factors such
as:
Page 108 of 232
 The appropriateness and timeliness of the response of management and, where

applicable, those charged with governance.
 The involvement of management or those charged with governance in the matter.
 The likelihood of substantial harm to the interests of the client, investors, creditors,
employees or the general public.
360.36 A2 Further action by the professional accountant might include:

 Withdrawing from the engagement and the professional relationship where permitted by
law or regulation.
360.36 A3 In considering whether to disclose to an appropriate authority, relevant factors to take into
account include:
 Whether doing so would be contrary to law or regulation.
 Whether there are restrictions about disclosure imposed by a regulatory agency or

prosecutor in an ongoing investigation into the non-compliance or suspected non-
compliance.
 Whether the purpose of the engagement is to investigate potential non-compliance within

the entity to enable it to take appropriate action.
R360.37 If the professional accountant determines that disclosure of the non-compliance or suspected
non-compliance to an appropriate authority is an appropriate course of action in the
circumstances, that disclosure is permitted pursuant to paragraph R114.1(d) of the Code.
When making such disclosure, the professional accountant shall act in good faith and exercise
caution when making statements and assertions. The professional accountant shall also
consider whether it is appropriate to inform the client of the professional accountant’s intentions
before disclosing the matter.
Imminent Breach
R360.38 In exceptional circumstances, the professional accountant might become aware of actual or
intended conduct that the professional accountant has reason to believe would constitute an
imminent breach of a law or regulation that would cause substantial harm to investors,
creditors, employees or the general public. Having first considered whether it would be
appropriate to discuss the matter with management or those charged with governance of the
entity, the professional accountant shall exercise professional judgement and determine
whether to disclose the matter immediately to an appropriate authority in order to prevent or
mitigate the consequences of such imminent breach of law or regulation. If disclosure is made,
that disclosure is permitted pursuant to paragraph R114.1(d) of the Code.
Seeking Advice
360.39 A1 The professional accountant might consider:
Page 109 of 232

 Obtaining legal advice to understand the professional or legal implications of taking any
particular course of action.
Documentation
section, the professional accountant is encouraged to document:
 The matter.
 The results of discussion with management and, where applicable, those charged with
governance and other parties.
 How management and, where applicable, those charged with governance have
responded to the matter.
Page 110 of 232

PART 4A – INDEPENDENCE FOR AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS .................111

Section 400 Applying the Conceptual Framework to Independence for
Audit and Review Engagements ............................................................................................................... 112
Section 410 Fees ...................................................................................................................................... 123
Section 411 Compensation and Evaluation Policies ................................................................................. 126
Section 420 Gifts and Hospitality .............................................................................................................. 127
Section 430 Actual or Threatened Litigation ............................................................................................. 127
Section 510 Financial Interests ................................................................................................................. 128
Section 511 Loans and Guarantees .......................................................................................................... 132
Section 520 Business Relationships ......................................................................................................... 133
Section 521 Family and Personal Relationships....................................................................................... 134
Section 522 Recent Service with an Audit Client ...................................................................................... 137
Section 523 Serving as a Director or Officer of an Audit Client ................................................................ 138
Section 524 Employment with an Audit Client .......................................................................................... 139
Section 525 Temporary Personnel Assignments ...................................................................................... 141
Section 540 Long Association of Personnel (Including Partner Rotation)

with an Audit Client .................................................................................................................................... 142
Section 600 Provision of Non-Assurance Services to an Audit Client ...................................................... 147
Subsection 601 – Accounting and Bookkeeping Services........................................................................ 148
Subsection 602 – Administrative Services ................................................................................................ 153
Subsection 603 – Valuation Services ........................................................................................................ 154

Subsection 604 – Tax Services ................................................................................................................. 155
Subsection 605 – Internal Audit Services ................................................................................................. 160
Subsection 606 – Information Technology Systems Services .................................................................. 162
Subsection 607 – Litigation Support Services .......................................................................................... 164
Subsection 608 – Legal Services .............................................................................................................. 164
Subsection 609 – Recruiting Services ...................................................................................................... 166
Subsection 610 – Corporate Finance Services......................................................................................... 168
Section 800 Reports on Special Purpose Financial Statements That Include a

Restriction on Use and Distribution (Audit and Review Engagements) .................................................... 169
Page 111 of 232

INTERNATIONAL INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS (PARTS 4A AND 4B)
PART 4A – INDEPENDENCE FOR AUDIT AND REVIEW

ENGAGEMENTS
SECTION 400
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK TO INDEPENDENCE FOR AUDIT AND
REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS
Introduction
General
400.1 It is in the public interest and required by the Code that professional accountants in public
practice be independent when performing audit or review engagements.
400.2 This Part applies to both audit and review engagements. The terms “audit,” “audit team,” “audit
engagement,” “audit client,” and “audit report” apply equally to review, review team, review
engagement, review client, and review engagement report.
400.4 ISQC 1 requires a firm to establish policies and procedures designed to provide it with
reasonable assurance that the firm, its personnel and, where applicable, others subject to
independence requirements (including network firm personnel), maintain independence where
required by relevant ethics requirements. ISAs and ISREs establish responsibilities for
engagement partners and engagement teams at the level of the engagement for audits and
reviews, respectively. The allocation of responsibilities within a firm will depend on its size,
structure and organisation. Many of the provisions of this Part do not prescribe the specific
responsibility of individuals within the firm for actions related to independence, instead referring
to “firm” for ease of reference. Firms assign responsibility for a particular action to an individual
or a group of individuals (such as an audit team), in accordance with ISQC 1. In addition, an
individual professional accountant remains responsible for compliance with any provisions that
apply to that professional accountant’s activities, interests or relationships.
400.5 Independence is linked to the principles of objectivity and integrity. It comprises:
(a) Independence of mind – the state of mind that permits the expression of a conclusion
scepticism.
(b) Independence in appearance – the avoidance of facts and circumstances that are so
firm’s, or an audit team member’s, integrity, objectivity or professional scepticism has
been compromised.
In this Part, references to an individual or firm being “independent” mean that the individual or
firm has complied with the provisions of this Part.
400.6 When performing audit engagements, the Code requires firms to comply with the fundamental
principles and be independent. This Part sets out specific requirements and application
Page 112 of 232
material on how to apply the conceptual framework to maintain independence when performing
such engagements. The conceptual framework set out in Section 120 applies to independence
as it does to the fundamental principles set out in Section 110.
400.7 This Part describes:
(a) Facts and circumstances, including professional activities, interests and relationships,
that create or might create threats to independence;
(b) Potential actions, including safeguards, that might be appropriate to address any such
threats; and
(c) Some situations where the threats cannot be eliminated or there can be no safeguards
to reduce them to an acceptable level.
Public Interest Entities
400.8 Some of the requirements and application material set out in this Part reflect the extent of public
interest in certain entities which are defined to be public interest entities.
Part of 400.8 has been elevated to a South African requirement
R400.8a SA Firms shall determine whether to treat additional entities, or certain categories of entities, as
public interest entities because they have a large number and wide range of stakeholders.
Factors to be considered include:
 The nature of the business, such as the holding of assets in a fiduciary capacity for a
large number of stakeholders. Examples might include financial institutions, such as
banks and insurance companies, and pension funds.
 Number of equity or debt holders.
 Size.
 Number of employees.
R400.8b SA A professional accountant shall regard the following entities as generally satisfying the
conditions in paragraph R400.8a SA as having a large number and wide range of stakeholders,
and thus are likely to be considered as Public Interest Entities:
 Major Public Entities that directly or indirectly provide essential or strategic services or
hold strategic assets for the benefit of the country.
 Banks as defined in the Banks Act 1990, (Act 94 of 1990) and Mutual Banks as defined
in the Mutual Bank Act 1993, (Act 124 of 1993).
 Market infrastructure as defined in the Financial Markets Act 2012, (Act 19 of 2012). 8
 Insurers registered under the Long-term Insurance Act 1998, (Act 52 of 1998) and the
Short–term Insurance Act 1998, (Act 53 of 1998) excluding micro lenders.
Market infrastructure is defined in the Financial Markets Act, 2012 (Act 19 of 2012) as
8
(a) A licenced central securities depository;

(b) A licensed clearing house;
(c) A licensed exchange; and
d) A licensed trade repository.
Page 113 of 232

 Collective Investment Schemes, including hedge funds, in terms of the Collective

Investment Schemes Control Act, 2002 (Act 45 of 2002) that hold assets in excess of
R15 billion.
 Funds as defined in the Pension Funds Act 1956, (Act 24 of 1956) that hold or are
otherwise responsible for safeguarding client assets in excess of R10 billion.
 Pension Fund Administrators (in terms of Section 13B of the Pension Funds Act 1956,
(Act 24 of 1956)) with total assets under administration in excess of R20 billion.
 Financial Services Providers as defined in the Financial Advisory and Intermediary
Services Act 2002, (Act 37 of 2002) with assets under management in excess of R50
billion.
 Medical Schemes as defined in the Medical Schemes Act, 1998 (Act 131 of 1998) that
are open to the public (commonly referred to as “open medical schemes”) or are
restricted schemes with a large number of members.
 Authorised users of an exchange as defined in the Financial Markets Act, 2012 (Act 19
of 2012) who hold or are otherwise responsible for safeguarding client assets in excess
of R10 billion.

Other issuers of debt and equity instruments to the public.9
R400.8c SA If a firm considers an audit client that falls under one or more of the above categories not to
be a public interest entity, the firm shall document its reasoning and its consideration of
paragraph R400.8b SA.
Reports that Include a Restriction on Use and Distribution
400.9 An audit report might include a restriction on use and distribution. If it does and the conditions
set out in Section 800 are met, then the independence requirements in this Part may be
modified as provided in Section 800.
Assurance Engagements other than Audit and Review Engagements
400.10 Independence standards for assurance engagements that are not audit or review
engagements are set out in Part 4B – Independence for Assurance Engagements Other than
Audit and Review Engagements.

General
R400.11 A firm performing an audit engagement shall be independent.
R400.12 A firm shall apply the conceptual framework set out in Section 120 to identify, evaluate and
address threats to independence in relation to an audit engagement.
[Paragraphs 400.13 to 400.19 are intentionally left blank]
Related Entities
R400.20 As defined, an audit client that is a listed entity includes all of its related entities. For all other
entities, references to an audit client in this Part include related entities over which the client
has direct or indirect control. When the audit team knows, or has reason to believe, that a
relationship or circumstance involving any other related entity of the client is relevant to the
9
For the purpose of this section, “the public” shall mean the public in general or large sectors of the public such as participants in
Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment schemes or participants in offers to large industry sectors, which result in the debt or
equity instruments being owned by a large number and wide range of stakeholders
Page 114 of 232
evaluation of the firm’s independence from the client, the audit team shall include that related
entity when identifying, evaluating and addressing threats to independence.
Period During which Independence is Required
R400.30 Independence, as required by this Part, shall be maintained during both:
(a) The engagement period; and
(b) The period covered by the financial statements.
400.30 A1 The engagement period starts when the audit team begins to perform the audit. The engagement
period ends when the audit report is issued. When the engagement is of a recurring nature, it ends
at the later of the notification by either party that the professional relationship has ended or the
issuance of the final audit report.
R400.31 If an entity becomes an audit client during or after the period covered by the financial
statements on which the firm will express an opinion, the firm shall determine whether any
threats to independence are created by:
(a) Financial or business relationships with the audit client during or after the period covered
by the financial statements but before accepting the audit engagement; or
(b) Previous services provided to the audit client by the firm or a network firm.
400.31 A1 Threats to independence are created if a non-assurance service was provided to an audit client
during, or after the period covered by the financial statements, but before the audit team begins
to perform the audit, and the service would not be permitted during the engagement period.
 Using professionals who are not audit team members to perform the service.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the audit and non-assurance work as appropriate.
 Engaging another firm outside of the network to evaluate the results of the non-
assurance service or having another firm outside of the network re-perform the non-
assurance service to the extent necessary to enable the other firm to take responsibility
for the service.
Communication with those Charged with Governance
400.40 A1 Paragraphs R300.9 and R300.10 set out requirements with respect to communicating with
those charged with governance.
400.40 A2 Even when not required by the Code, applicable professional standards, laws or regulations,
regular communication is encouraged between a firm and those charged with governance of
the client regarding relationships and other matters that might, in the firm’s opinion, reasonably
bear on independence. Such communication enables those charged with governance to:
(a) Consider the firm’s judgements in identifying and evaluating threats;
(b) Consider how threats have been addressed including the appropriateness of safeguards
when they are available and capable of being applied; and
Page 115 of 232
(c) Take appropriate action.
Such an approach can be particularly helpful with respect to intimidation and familiarity threats.
Network Firms
400.50 A1 Firms frequently form larger structures with other firms and entities to enhance their ability to
provide professional services. Whether these larger structures create a network depends on
the particular facts and circumstances. It does not depend on whether the firms and entities
are legally separate and distinct.
R400.51 A network firm shall be independent of the audit clients of the other firms within the network as
required by this Part.
400.51 A1 The independence requirements in this Part that apply to a network firm apply to any entity that
meets the definition of a network firm. It is not necessary for the entity also to meet the definition
of a firm. For example, a consulting practice or professional law practice might be a network
firm but not a firm.
R400.52 When associated with a larger structure of other firms and entities, a firm shall:
(a) Exercise professional judgement to determine whether a network is created by such a

larger structure;
(b) Consider whether a reasonable and informed third party would be likely to conclude that
the other firms and entities in the larger structure are associated in such a way that a
network exists; and
(c) Apply such judgement consistently throughout such a larger structure.
R400.53 When determining whether a network is created by a larger structure of firms and other entities,
a firm shall conclude that a network exists when such a larger structure is aimed at co-operation
and:
(a) It is clearly aimed at profit or cost sharing among the entities within the structure. (Ref:
Para. 400.53 A2);
(b) The entities within the structure share common ownership, control or management.
(Ref: Para. 400.53 A3);
(c) The entities within the structure share common quality control policies and procedures.
(Ref: Para. 400.53 A4);
(d) The entities within the structure share a common business strategy. (Ref: Para. 400.53
A5);
(e) The entities within the structure share the use of a common brand name. (Ref: Para.
400.53 A6, 400.53 A7); or
(f) The entities within the structure share a significant part of professional resources. (Ref:
Para 400.53 A8, 400.53 A9).
400.53 A1 There might be other arrangements between firms and entities within a larger structure that
constitute a network, in addition to those arrangements described in paragraph R400.53.
Page 116 of 232

However, a larger structure might be aimed only at facilitating the referral of work, which in
itself does not meet the criteria necessary to constitute a network.
400.53 A2 The sharing of immaterial costs does not in itself create a network. In addition, if the sharing of
costs is limited only to those costs related to the development of audit methodologies, manuals
or training courses, this would not in itself create a network. Further, an association between a
firm and an otherwise unrelated entity jointly to provide a service or develop a product does
not in itself create a network. (Ref: Para. R400.53(a)).
400.53 A3 Common ownership, control or management might be achieved by contract or other means.
(Ref: Para. R400.53(b)).
400.53 A4 Common quality control policies and procedures are those designed, implemented and
monitored across the larger structure. (Ref: Para. R400.53(c)).
400.53 A5 Sharing a common business strategy involves an agreement by the entities to achieve common
strategic objectives. An entity is not a network firm merely because it co-operates with another
entity solely to respond jointly to a request for a proposal for the provision of a professional
service. (Ref: Para. R400.53(d)).
400.53 A6 A common brand name includes common initials or a common name. A firm is using a common
brand name if it includes, for example, the common brand name as part of, or along with, its
firm name when a partner of the firm signs an audit report. (Ref: Para. R400.53(e)).
400.53 A7 Even if a firm does not belong to a network and does not use a common brand name as part
of its firm name, it might appear to belong to a network if its stationery or promotional materials
refer to the firm being a member of an association of firms. Accordingly, if care is not taken in
how a firm describes such membership, a perception might be created that the firm belongs to
a network. (Ref: Para. R400.53(e)).
400.53 A8 Professional resources include:
 Common systems that enable firms to exchange information such as client data, billing
and time records.
 Partners and other personnel.
 Technical departments that consult on technical or industry specific issues, transactions

or events for assurance engagements.
 Audit methodology or audit manuals.
 Training courses and facilities. (Ref: Para. R400.53(f)).
400.53 A9 Whether the shared professional resources are significant depends on the circumstances. For
example:
 The shared resources might be limited to common audit methodology or audit manuals,
with no exchange of personnel or client or market information. In such circumstances, it
is unlikely that the shared resources would be significant. The same applies to a common
training endeavor.
 The shared resources might involve the exchange of personnel or information, such as
where personnel are drawn from a shared pool, or where a common technical
department is created within the larger structure to provide participating firms with
Page 117 of 232

technical advice that the firms are required to follow. In such circumstances, a
reasonable and informed third party is more likely to conclude that the shared resources
are significant. (Ref: Para. R400.53(f)).
R400.54 If a firm or a network sells a component of its practice, and the component continues to use all
or part of the firm’s or network’s name for a limited time, the relevant entities shall determine
how to disclose that they are not network firms when presenting themselves to outside parties.
400.54 A1 The agreement for the sale of a component of a practice might provide that, for a limited period
of time, the sold component can continue to use all or part of the name of the firm or the
network, even though it is no longer connected to the firm or the network. In such
circumstances, while the two entities might be practicing under a common name, the facts are
such that they do not belong to a larger structure aimed at cooperation. The two entities are
therefore not network firms.
General Documentation of Independence for Audit and Review Engagements
R400.60 A firm shall document conclusions regarding compliance with this Part, and the substance of
any relevant discussions that support those conclusions. In particular:
(a) When safeguards are applied to address a threat, the firm shall document the nature of
the threat and the safeguards in place or applied; and
(b) When a threat required significant analysis and the firm concluded that the threat was
already at an acceptable level, the firm shall document the nature of the threat and the
rationale for the conclusion.
400.60 A1 Documentation provides evidence of the firm’s judgements in forming conclusions regarding
compliance with this Part. However, a lack of documentation does not determine whether a
firm considered a particular matter or whether the firm is independent.
Mergers and Acquisitions
When a Client Merger Creates a Threat
400.70 A1 An entity might become a related entity of an audit client because of a merger or acquisition. A
threat to independence and, therefore, to the ability of a firm to continue an audit engagement
might be created by previous or current interests or relationships between a firm or network
firm and such a related entity.
R400.71 In the circumstances set out in paragraph 400.70 A1,
(a) The firm shall identify and evaluate previous and current interests and relationships with
the related entity that, taking into account any actions taken to address the threat, might
affect its independence and therefore its ability to continue the audit engagement after
the effective date of the merger or acquisition; and
(b) Subject to paragraph R400.72, the firm shall take steps to end any interests or
relationships that are not permitted by the Code by the effective date of the merger or
acquisition.
Page 118 of 232
R400.72 As an exception to paragraph R400.71(b), if the interest or relationship cannot reasonably be

ended by the effective date of the merger or acquisition, the firm shall:
(a) Evaluate the threat that is created by the interest or relationship; and
(b) Discuss with those charged with governance the reasons why the interest or relationship
cannot reasonably be ended by the effective date and the evaluation of the level of the
threat.
400.72 A1 In some circumstances, it might not be reasonably possible to end an interest or relationship
creating a threat by the effective date of the merger or acquisition. This might be because the
firm provides a non-assurance service to the related entity, which the entity is not able to
transition in an orderly manner to another provider by that date.
400.72 A2 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of a threat created by mergers and acquisitions
when there are interests and relationships that cannot reasonably be ended include:
 The nature and significance of the interest or relationship.
 The nature and significance of the related entity relationship (for example, whether the
related entity is a subsidiary or parent).
 The length of time until the interest or relationship can reasonably be ended.
R400.73 If, following the discussion set out in paragraph R400.72(b), those charged with governance
request the firm to continue as the auditor, the firm shall do so only if:
(a) The interest or relationship will be ended as soon as reasonably possible but no later
than six months after the effective date of the merger or acquisition;
(b) Any individual who has such an interest or relationship, including one that has arisen
through performing a non-assurance service that would not be permitted by Section 600
and its subsections, will not be a member of the engagement team for the audit or the
individual responsible for the engagement quality control review; and
(c) Transitional measures will be applied, as necessary, and discussed with those charged
with governance.
400.73 A1 Examples of such transitional measures include:
 Having a professional accountant review the audit or non-assurance work as

appropriate.
 Having a professional accountant, who is not a member of the firm expressing the opinion
on the financial statements, perform a review that is equivalent to an engagement quality
control review.
 Engaging another firm to evaluate the results of the non-assurance service or having
another firm re-perform the non-assurance service to the extent necessary to enable the
other firm to take responsibility for the service.
R400.74 The firm might have completed a significant amount of work on the audit prior to the effective
date of the merger or acquisition and might be able to complete the remaining audit procedures
within a short period of time. In such circumstances, if those charged with governance request
the firm to complete the audit while continuing with an interest or relationship identified in
paragraph 400.70 A1, the firm shall only do so if it:
Page 119 of 232
(a) Has evaluated the level of the threat and discussed the results with those charged with
governance;
(b) Complies with the requirements of paragraph R400.73(a) to (c); and
(c) Ceases to be the auditor no later than the date that the audit report is issued.
If Objectivity Remains Compromised
R400.75 Even if all the requirements of paragraphs R400.71 to R400.74 could be met, the firm shall
determine whether the circumstances identified in paragraph 400.70 A1 create a threat that
cannot be addressed such that objectivity would be compromised. If so, the firm shall cease to
be the auditor.
Documentation
R400.76 The firm shall document:
(a) Any interests or relationships identified in paragraph 400.70 A1 that will not be ended by
the effective date of the merger or acquisition and the reasons why they will not be
ended;
(b) The transitional measures applied;
(c) The results of the discussion with those charged with governance; and
(d) The reasons why the previous and current interests and relationships do not create a
threat such that objectivity would be compromised.
[Paragraphs 400.77 to 400.79 are intentionally left blank.]
Breach of an Independence Provision for Audit and Review Engagements
When a Firm Identifies a Breach

R400.80 If a firm concludes that a breach of a requirement in this Part has occurred, the firm shall:
(a) End, suspend or eliminate the interest or relationship that created the breach and
address the consequences of the breach;
(b) Consider whether any legal or regulatory requirements apply to the breach and, if so:
(i) Comply with those requirements; and
(ii) Consider reporting the breach to a professional or regulatory body or oversight

authority if such reporting is common practice or expected in the relevant
jurisdiction;
(c) Promptly communicate the breach in accordance with its policies and procedures to:
(i) The engagement partner;
(ii) Those with responsibility for the policies and procedures relating to
independence;
(iii) Other relevant personnel in the firm and, where appropriate, the network; and
Page 120 of 232

(iv) Those subject to the independence requirements in Part 4A who need to take
appropriate action;
(d) Evaluate the significance of the breach and its impact on the firm’s objectivity and ability
to issue an audit report; and
(e) Depending on the significance of the breach, determine:
(i) Whether to end the audit engagement; or
(ii) Whether it is possible to take action that satisfactorily addresses the consequences
of the breach and whether such action can be taken and is appropriate in the
circumstances.
In making this determination, the firm shall exercise professional judgement and take into
account whether a reasonable and informed third party would be likely to conclude that
the firm's objectivity would be compromised, and therefore, the firm would be unable to
issue an audit report.
400.80 A1 A breach of a provision of this Part might occur despite the firm having policies and procedures
designed to provide it with reasonable assurance that independence is maintained. It might be
necessary to end the audit engagement because of the breach.
400.80 A2 The significance and impact of a breach on the firm’s objectivity and ability to issue an audit
report will depend on factors such as:
 The nature and duration of the breach.
 The number and nature of any previous breaches with respect to the current audit
engagement.
 Whether an audit team member had knowledge of the interest or relationship that
created the breach.
 Whether the individual who created the breach is an audit team member or another
individual for whom there are independence requirements.
 If the breach relates to an audit team member, the role of that individual.
 If the breach was created by providing a professional service, the impact of that service,
if any, on the accounting records or the amounts recorded in the financial statements on
which the firm will express an opinion.
 The extent of the self-interest, advocacy, intimidation or other threats created by the
breach.
400.80 A3 Depending upon the significance of the breach, examples of actions that the firm might consider
to address the breach satisfactorily include:
 Removing the relevant individual from the audit team.
 Using different individuals to conduct an additional review of the affected audit work or
to re-perform that work to the extent necessary.
 Recommending that the audit client engage another firm to review or re-perform the
affected audit work to the extent necessary.
Page 121 of 232

 If the breach relates to a non-assurance service that affects the accounting records or
an amount recorded in the financial statements, engaging another firm to evaluate the
results of the non-assurance service or having another firm re-perform the non-
assurance service to the extent necessary to enable the other firm to take responsibility
for the service.
R400.81 If the firm determines that action cannot be taken to address the consequences of the breach
satisfactorily, the firm shall inform those charged with governance as soon as possible and take
the steps necessary to end the audit engagement in compliance with any applicable legal or
regulatory requirements. Where ending the engagement is not permitted by laws or
regulations, the firm shall comply with any reporting or disclosure requirements.
R400.82 If the firm determines that action can be taken to address the consequences of the breach
satisfactorily, the firm shall discuss with those charged with governance:
(a) The significance of the breach, including its nature and duration;
(b) How the breach occurred and how it was identified;
(c) The action proposed or taken and why the action will satisfactorily address the
consequences of the breach and enable the firm to issue an audit report;
(d) The conclusion that, in the firm’s professional judgement, objectivity has not been
compromised and the rationale for that conclusion; and
(e) Any steps proposed or taken by the firm to reduce or avoid the risk of further breaches
occurring.
Such discussion shall take place as soon as possible unless an alternative timing is specified
by those charged with governance for reporting less significant breaches.
Communication of Breaches to Those Charged with Governance
400.83 A1 Paragraphs R300.9 and R300.10 set out requirements with respect to communicating with
R400.84 With respect to breaches, the firm shall communicate in writing to those charged with
governance:
(a) All matters discussed in accordance with paragraph R400.82 and obtain the
concurrence of those charged with governance that action can be, or has been, taken
to satisfactorily address the consequences of the breach; and
(b) A description of:
(i) The firm’s policies and procedures relevant to the breach designed to provide it
with reasonable assurance that independence is maintained; and
(ii) Any steps that the firm has taken, or proposes to take, to reduce or avoid the risk
of further breaches occurring.
R400.85 If those charged with governance do not concur that the action proposed by the firm in
accordance with paragraph R400.80(e)(ii) satisfactorily addresses the consequences of the
breach, the firm shall take the steps necessary to end the audit engagement in accordance
with paragraph R400.81.
Page 122 of 232

Breaches Before the Previous Audit Report Was Issued
R400.86 If the breach occurred prior to the issuance of the previous audit report, the firm shall comply
with the provisions of Part 4A in evaluating the significance of the breach and its impact on the
firm’s objectivity and its ability to issue an audit report in the current period.
R400.87 The firm shall also:

(a) Consider the impact of the breach, if any, on the firm’s objectivity in relation to any
previously issued audit reports, and the possibility of withdrawing such audit reports;
and
(b) Discuss the matter with those charged with governance.
Documentation
R400.88 In complying with the requirements in paragraphs R400.80 to R400.87, the firm shall document:
(a) The breach;
(b) The actions taken;
(c) The key decisions made;
(d) All the matters discussed with those charged with governance; and
(e) Any discussions with a professional or regulatory body or oversight authority.
R400.89 If the firm continues with the audit engagement, it shall document:
(a) The conclusion that, in the firm’s professional judgement, objectivity has not been
compromised; and
(b) The rationale for why the action taken satisfactorily addressed the consequences of the
breach so that the firm could issue an audit report.
SECTION 410
FEES
Introduction
410.1 Firms are required to comply with the fundamental principles, be independent and apply the
conceptual framework set out in Section 120 to identify, evaluate and address threats to
independence.
410.2 The nature and level of fees or other types of remuneration might create a self-interest or
intimidation threat. This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant

Fees – Relative Size
All Audit Clients
410.3 A1 When the total fees generated from an audit client by the firm expressing the audit opinion
represent a large proportion of the total fees of that firm, the dependence on that client and
concern about losing the client create a self-interest or intimidation threat.
Page 123 of 232

 The operating structure of the firm.
 Whether the firm is well established or new.
 The significance of the client qualitatively and/or quantitatively to the firm.
410.3 A3 An example of an action that might be a safeguard to address such a self-interest or

intimidation threat is increasing the client base in the firm to reduce dependence on the audit
client.
410.3 A4 A self-interest or intimidation threat is also created when the fees generated by a firm from an
audit client represent a large proportion of the revenue of one partner or one office of the firm.
 The significance of the client qualitatively and/or quantitatively to the partner or office.
 The extent to which the compensation of the partner, or the partners in the office, is
dependent upon the fees generated from the client.
410.3 A6 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such self-interest or intimidation
threats include:
 Increasing the client base of the partner or the office to reduce dependence on the audit
client.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who did not take part in the audit engagement review
the work.
Audit Clients that are Public Interest Entities
R410.4 Where an audit client is a public interest entity and, for two consecutive years, the total fees
from the client and its related entities represent more than 15% of the total fees received by
the firm expressing the opinion on the financial statements of the client, the firm shall:
(a) Disclose to those charged with governance of the audit client the fact that the total of
such fees represents more than 15% of the total fees received by the firm; and
(b) Discuss whether either of the following actions might be a safeguard to address the
threat created by the total fees received by the firm from the client, and if so, apply it:
(i) Prior to the audit opinion being issued on the second year’s financial statements,
a professional accountant, who is not a member of the firm expressing the opinion
on the financial statements, performs an engagement quality control review of
that engagement; or a professional body performs a review of that engagement
that is equivalent to an engagement quality control review (“a pre-issuance
review”); or
(ii) After the audit opinion on the second year’s financial statements has been issued,
and before the audit opinion being issued on the third year’s financial statements,
a professional accountant, who is not a member of the firm expressing the opinion
on the financial statements, or a professional body performs a review of the
second year’s audit that is equivalent to an engagement quality control review (“a
post-issuance review”).
Page 124 of 232

R410.5 When the total fees described in paragraph R410.4 significantly exceed 15%, the firm shall
determine whether the level of the threat is such that a post-issuance review would not reduce
the threat to an acceptable level. If so, the firm shall have a pre-issuance review performed.
R410.6 If the fees described in paragraph R410.4 continue to exceed 15%, the firm shall each year:
(a) Disclose to and discuss with those charged with governance the matters set out in
paragraph R410.4; and
(b) Comply with paragraphs R410.4(b) and R410.5.
Fees – Overdue
410.7 A1 A self-interest threat might be created if a significant part of fees is not paid before the audit
report for the following year is issued. It is generally expected that the firm will require payment
of such fees before such audit report is issued. The requirements and application material set
out in Section 511 with respect to loans and guarantees might also apply to situations where
such unpaid fees exist.
 Obtaining partial payment of overdue fees.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who did not take part in the audit engagement review
the work performed.
R410.8 When a significant part of fees due from an audit client remains unpaid for a long time, the firm
shall determine:
(a) Whether the overdue fees might be equivalent to a loan to the client; and
(b) Whether it is appropriate for the firm to be re-appointed or continue the audit
engagement.
Contingent Fees
410.9 A1 Contingent fees are fees calculated on a predetermined basis relating to the outcome of a
transaction or the result of the services performed. A contingent fee charged through an
intermediary is an example of an indirect contingent fee. In this section, a fee is not regarded
as being contingent if established by a court or other public authority.
R410.10 A firm shall not charge directly or indirectly a contingent fee for an audit engagement.
R410.11 A firm or network firm shall not charge directly or indirectly a contingent fee for a non-assurance
service provided to an audit client, if:
(a) The fee is charged by the firm expressing the opinion on the financial statements and
the fee is material or expected to be material to that firm;
(b) The fee is charged by a network firm that participates in a significant part of the audit
and the fee is material or expected to be material to that firm; or
(c) The outcome of the non-assurance service, and therefore the amount of the fee, is
dependent on a future or contemporary judgement related to the audit of a material
amount in the financial statements.
Page 125 of 232

410.12 A1 Paragraphs R410.10 and R410.11 preclude a firm or a network firm from entering into certain
contingent fee arrangements with an audit client. Even if a contingent fee arrangement is not
precluded when providing a non-assurance service to an audit client, a self-interest threat
might still be created.
 Whether an appropriate authority determines the outcome on which the contingent fee
depends.
 Disclosure to intended users of the work performed by the firm and the basis of
remuneration.
 The nature of the service.
 The effect of the event or transaction on the financial statements.
service review the work performed by the firm.
SECTION 411
COMPENSATION AND EVALUATION POLICIES
Introduction
independence.
411.2 A firm’s evaluation or compensation policies might create a self-interest threat. This section
sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to applying the conceptual

General
411.3 A1 When an audit team member for a particular audit client is evaluated on or compensated for
selling non-assurance services to that audit client, the level of the self-interest threat will
depend on:
(a) What proportion of the compensation or evaluation is based on the sale of such services;
(b) The role of the individual on the audit team; and
(c) Whether the sale of such non-assurance services influences promotion decisions.
411.3 A2 Examples of actions that might eliminate such a self-interest threat include:
 Revising the compensation plan or evaluation process for that individual.
 Removing that individual from the audit team.

Page 126 of 232
411.3 A3 An example of an action that might be a safeguard to address such a self-interest threat is
having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the audit team member.
R411.4 A firm shall not evaluate or compensate a key audit partner based on that partner’s success in
selling non-assurance services to the partner’s audit client. This requirement does not preclude
normal profit-sharing arrangements between partners of a firm.
SECTION 420
GIFTS AND HOSPITALITY
Introduction
independence.
420.2 Accepting gifts and hospitality from an audit client might create a self-interest, familiarity or
intimidation threat. This section sets out a specific requirement and application material
relevant to applying the conceptual framework in such circumstances.
Requirement and Application Material

R420.3 A firm, network firm or an audit team member shall not accept gifts and hospitality from an audit
client, unless the value is trivial and inconsequential.
420.3 A1 Where a firm, network firm or audit team member is offering or accepting an inducement to or
from an audit client, the requirements and application material set out in Section 340 apply and
non-compliance with these requirements might create threats to independence.
420.3 A2 The requirements set out in Section 340 relating to offering or accepting inducements do not
allow a firm, network firm or audit team member to accept gifts and hospitality where the intent
is to improperly influence behaviour even if the value is trivial and inconsequential.
SECTION 430
ACTUAL OR THREATENED LITIGATION
Introduction
independence.
430.2 When litigation with an audit client occurs, or appears likely, self-interest and intimidation
threats are created. This section sets out specific application material relevant to applying the
General
430.3 A1 The relationship between client management and audit team members must be characterised
by complete candour and full disclosure regarding all aspects of a client’s operations.
Adversarial positions might result from actual or threatened litigation between an audit client
and the firm, a network firm or an audit team member. Such adversarial positions might affect
Page 127 of 232
management’s willingness to make complete disclosures and create self-interest and

intimidation threats.
 The materiality of the litigation.
 Whether the litigation relates to a prior audit engagement.
430.3 A3 If the litigation involves an audit team member, an example of an action that might eliminate
such self-interest and intimidation threats is removing that individual from the audit team.
430.3 A4 An example of an action that might be a safeguard to address such self-interest and
intimidation threats is to have an appropriate reviewer review the work performed.
SECTION 510
FINANCIAL INTERESTS
Introduction
independence.
510.2 Holding a financial interest in an audit client might create a self-interest threat. This section

General
510.3 A1 A financial interest might be held directly or indirectly through an intermediary such as a
collective investment vehicle, an estate or a trust. When a beneficial owner has control over
the intermediary or ability to influence its investment decisions, the Code defines that financial
interest to be direct. Conversely, when a beneficial owner has no control over the intermediary
or ability to influence its investment decisions, the Code defines that financial interest to be
indirect.
510.3 A2 This section contains references to the “materiality” of a financial interest. In determining
whether such an interest is material to an individual, the combined net worth of the individual
and the individual’s immediate family members may be taken into account.
510.3 A3 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of a self-interest threat created by holding a
financial interest in an audit client include:
 The role of the individual holding the financial interest.
 Whether the financial interest is direct or indirect.
 The materiality of the financial interest.
Financial Interests Held by the Firm, a Network Firm, Audit Team Members and Others
R510.4 Subject to paragraph R510.5, a direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest
in the audit client shall not be held by:
Page 128 of 232

(a) The firm or a network firm;
(b) An audit team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family;
(c) Any other partner in the office in which an engagement partner practices in connection
with the audit engagement, or any of that other partner’s immediate family; or
(d) Any other partner or managerial employee who provides non-audit services to the audit
client, except for any whose involvement is minimal, or any of that individual’s immediate
family.
510.4 A1 The office in which the engagement partner practices in connection with an audit engagement
is not necessarily the office to which that partner is assigned. When the engagement partner
is located in a different office from that of the other audit team members, professional
judgement is needed to determine the office in which the partner practices in connection with
the engagement.
R510.5 As an exception to paragraph R510.4, an immediate family member identified in

subparagraphs R510.4(c) or (d) may hold a direct or material indirect financial interest in an
audit client, provided that:
(a) The family member received the financial interest because of employment rights, for
example through pension or share option plans, and, when necessary, the firm
addresses the threat created by the financial interest; and
(b) The family member disposes of or forfeits the financial interest as soon as practicable
when the family member has or obtains the right to do so, or in the case of a stock
option, when the family member obtains the right to exercise the option.
Financial Interests in an Entity Controlling an Audit Client
R510.6 When an entity has a controlling interest in an audit client and the client is material to the entity,
neither the firm, nor a network firm, nor an audit team member, nor any of that individual’s
immediate family shall hold a direct or material indirect financial interest in that entity.
Financial Interests Held as Trustee
R510.7 Paragraph R510.4 shall also apply to a financial interest in an audit client held in a trust for
which the firm, network firm or individual acts as trustee, unless:
(a) None of the following is a beneficiary of the trust: the trustee, the audit team member or
any of that individual’s immediate family, the firm or a network firm;
(b) The interest in the audit client held by the trust is not material to the trust;
(c) The trust is not able to exercise significant influence over the audit client; and
(d) None of the following can significantly influence any investment decision involving a
financial interest in the audit client: the trustee, the audit team member or any of that
individual’s immediate family, the firm or a network firm.
Financial Interests in Common with the Audit Client
R510.8 (a) A firm, or a network firm, or an audit team member, or any of that individual’s immediate
family shall not hold a financial interest in an entity when an audit client also has a
financial interest in that entity, unless:
Page 129 of 232

(i) The financial interests are immaterial to the firm, the network firm, the audit team
member and that individual’s immediate family member and the audit client, as
applicable; or
(ii) The audit client cannot exercise significant influence over the entity.
(b) Before an individual who has a financial interest described in paragraph R510.8(a) can
become an audit team member, the individual or that individual’s immediate family
member shall either:
(i) Dispose of the interest; or
(ii) Dispose of enough of the interest so that the remaining interest is no longer
material.
Financial Interests Received Unintentionally
R510.9 If a firm, a network firm or a partner or employee of the firm or a network firm, or any of that
individual’s immediate family, receives a direct financial interest or a material indirect financial
interest in an audit client by way of an inheritance, gift, as a result of a merger or in similar
circumstances and the interest would not otherwise be permitted to be held under this section,
then:
(a) If the interest is received by the firm or a network firm, or an audit team member or any
of that individual’s immediate family, the financial interest shall be disposed of
immediately, or enough of an indirect financial interest shall be disposed of so that the
remaining interest is no longer material; or
(b) (i) If the interest is received by an individual who is not an audit team member, or by
any of that individual’s immediate family, the financial interest shall be disposed of
as soon as possible, or enough of an indirect financial interest shall be disposed of
so that the remaining interest is no longer material; and
(ii) Pending the disposal of the financial interest, when necessary the firm shall
address the threat created.
Financial Interests – Other Circumstances
Immediate Family
510.10 A1 A self-interest, familiarity, or intimidation threat might be created if an audit team member, or
any of that individual’s immediate family, or the firm or a network firm has a financial interest in
an entity when a director or officer or controlling owner of the audit client is also known to have
a financial interest in that entity.
 The role of the individual on the audit team.
 Whether ownership of the entity is closely or widely held.
 Whether the interest allows the investor to control or significantly influence the entity.

510.10 A3 An example of an action that might eliminate such a self-interest, familiarity, or intimidation
threat is removing the audit team member with the financial interest from the audit team.
Page 130 of 232
Close Family
510.10 A5 A self-interest threat might be created if an audit team member knows that a close family
member has a direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest in the audit client.
 The nature of the relationship between the audit team member and the close family
member.
 The materiality of the financial interest to the close family member.
 Having the close family member dispose, as soon as practicable, of all of the financial
interest or dispose of enough of an indirect financial interest so that the remaining interest
is no longer material.
 Removing the individual from the audit team.
Other Individuals
510.10 A9 A self-interest threat might be created if an audit team member knows that a financial interest
in the audit client is held by individuals such as:
 Partners and professional employees of the firm or network firm, apart from those who
are specifically not permitted to hold such financial interests by paragraph R510.4, or
their immediate family members.
 Individuals with a close personal relationship with an audit team member.
 The firm’s organisational, operating and reporting structure.
 The nature of the relationship between the individual and the audit team member.
510.10 A11 An example of an action that might eliminate such a self-interest threat is removing the audit
team member with the personal relationship from the audit team.
 Excluding the audit team member from any significant decision-making concerning the
audit engagement.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the audit team member.
Retirement Benefit Plan of a Firm or Network Firm
510.10 A13 A self-interest threat might be created if a retirement benefit plan of a firm or a network firm
holds a direct or material indirect financial interest in an audit client.
Page 131 of 232

SECTION 511
LOANS AND GUARANTEES
Introduction
independence.
511.2 A loan or a guarantee of a loan with an audit client might create a self-interest threat. This
section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to applying the

General
511.3 A1 This section contains references to the “materiality” of a loan or guarantee. In determining
whether such a loan or guarantee is material to an individual, the combined net worth of the
individual and the individual’s immediate family members may be taken into account.
Loans and Guarantees with an Audit Client
R511.4 A firm, a network firm, an audit team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family shall
not make or guarantee a loan to an audit client or any directors or officer of an audit client,
unless the loan or guarantee is immaterial to:
(a) The firm, the network firm or the individual making the loan or guarantee, as applicable;
and
(b) The client, or the director or officer of the client,
Loans and Guarantees with an Audit Client that is a Bank or Similar Institution
not accept a loan, or a guarantee of a loan, from an audit client that is a bank or a similar
institution unless the loan or guarantee is made under normal lending procedures, terms and
conditions.
511.5 A1 Examples of loans include mortgages, bank overdrafts, car loans, and credit card balances.
511.5 A2 Even if a firm or network firm receives a loan from an audit client that is a bank or similar
institution under normal lending procedures, terms and conditions, the loan might create a self-
interest threat if it is material to the audit client or firm receiving the loan.
having the work reviewed by an appropriate reviewer, who is not an audit team member, from
a network firm that is not a beneficiary of the loan.
Page 132 of 232

Deposits or Brokerage Accounts
not have deposits or a brokerage account with an audit client that is a bank, broker or similar
institution, unless the deposit or account is held under normal commercial terms.
Loans and Guarantees with an Audit Client that is Not a Bank or Similar Institution
not accept a loan from, or have a borrowing guaranteed by, an audit client that is not a bank or
similar institution, or any directors or officer of an audit client ,unless the loan or guarantee is
immaterial to:
(a) The firm, the network firm, or the individual receiving the loan or guarantee, as
applicable; and
(b) The client, or the director or officer of the client.
SECTION 520
BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS
Introduction
independence.
520.2 A close business relationship with an audit client or its management might create a self-interest
or intimidation threat. This section sets out specific requirements and application material

General
520.3 A1 This section contains references to the “materiality” of a financial interest and the “significance”
of a business relationship. In determining whether such a financial interest is material to an
individual, the combined net worth of the individual and the individual’s immediate family
members may be taken into account.
520.3 A2 Examples of a close business relationship arising from a commercial relationship or common
financial interest include:
 Having a financial interest in a joint venture with either the client or a controlling owner,
director or officer or other individual who performs senior managerial activities for that
client.
 Arrangements to combine one or more services or products of the firm or a network firm
with one or more services or products of the client and to market the package with
reference to both parties.
 Distribution or marketing arrangements under which the firm or a network firm distributes
or markets the client’s products or services, or the client distributes or markets the firm
or a network firm's products or services.
Page 133 of 232
Firm, Network Firm, Audit Team Member or Immediate Family Business Relationships
R520.4 A firm, a network firm or an audit team member shall not have a close business relationship
with an audit client or its management unless any financial interest is immaterial and the
business relationship is insignificant to the client or its management and the firm, the network
firm or the audit team member, as applicable.
520.4 A1 A self-interest or intimidation threat might be created if there is a close business relationship
between the audit client or its management and the immediate family of an audit team member.
Common Interests in Closely-Held Entities
not have a business relationship involving the holding of an interest in a closely-held entity
when an audit client or a director or officer of the client, or any group thereof, also holds an
interest in that entity, unless:
(a) The business relationship is insignificant to the firm, the network firm, or the individual
as applicable, and the client;
(b) The financial interest is immaterial to the investor or group of investors; and
(c) The financial interest does not give the investor, or group of investors, the ability to
control the closely-held entity.
Buying Goods or Services
520.6 A1 The purchase of goods and services from an audit client by a firm, a network firm, an audit
team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family does not usually create a threat to
independence if the transaction is in the normal course of business and at arm’s length.
However, such transactions might be of such a nature and magnitude that they create a self-
interest threat.
 Eliminating or reducing the magnitude of the transaction.
 Removing the individual from the audit team.
SECTION 521
FAMILY AND PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS
Introduction
independence.
521.2 Family or personal relationships with client personnel might create a self-interest, familiarity or
Page 134 of 232


General
521.3 A1 A self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat might be created by family and personal
relationships between an audit team member and a director or officer or, depending on their
role, certain employees of the audit client.
 The individual’s responsibilities on the audit team.
 The role of the family member or other individual within the client, and the closeness of
the relationship.
Immediate Family of an Audit Team Member
521.4 A1 A self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat is created when an immediate family member of
an audit team member is an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the
client’s financial position, financial performance or cash flows.
 The position held by the immediate family member.
 The role of the audit team member.
521.4 A3 An example of an action that might eliminate such a self-interest, familiarity or intimidation
threat is removing the individual from the audit team.
521.4 A4 An example of an action that might be a safeguard to address such a self-interest, familiarity
or intimidation threat is structuring the responsibilities of the audit team so that the audit team
member does not deal with matters that are within the responsibility of the immediate family
member.
R521.5 An individual shall not participate as an audit team member when any of that individual’s
immediate family:
(a) Is a director or officer of the audit client;
(b) Is an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the preparation of the
client’s accounting records or the financial statements on which the firm will express an
opinion; or
(c) Was in such position during any period covered by the engagement or the financial
statements.
Close Family of an Audit Team Member
521.6 A1 A self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat is created when a close family member of an
audit team member is:
(a) A director or officer of the audit client; or
(b) An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the preparation of the client’s
accounting records or the financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion.
Page 135 of 232

 The nature of the relationship between the audit team member and the close family
member.
 The position held by the close family member.
member does not deal with matters that are within the responsibility of the close family member.
Other Close Relationships of an Audit Team Member
R521.7 An audit team member shall consult in accordance with firm policies and procedures if the audit
team member has a close relationship with an individual who is not an immediate or close
family member, but who is:
(a) A director or officer of the audit client; or
(b) An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the preparation of the
opinion.
521.7 A1 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of a self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat
created by such a relationship include:
 The nature of the relationship between the individual and the audit team member.
 The position the individual holds with the client.

member does not deal with matters that are within the responsibility of the individual with whom
the audit team member has a close relationship.
Relationships of Partners and Employees of the Firm
R521.8 Partners and employees of the firm shall consult in accordance with firm policies and
procedures if they are aware of a personal or family relationship between:
(a) A partner or employee of the firm or network firm who is not an audit team member; and
(b) A director or officer of the audit client or an employee of the audit client in a position to
exert significant influence over the preparation of the client’s accounting records or the
financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion.
created by such a relationship include:
Page 136 of 232
 The nature of the relationship between the partner or employee of the firm and the
director or officer or employee of the client.
 The degree of interaction of the partner or employee of the firm with the audit team.
 The position of the partner or employee within the firm.
521.8 A2 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such self-interest, familiarity or
intimidation threats include:
 Structuring the partner’s or employee’s responsibilities to reduce any potential influence

over the audit engagement.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the relevant audit work performed.
SECTION 522
RECENT SERVICE WITH AN AUDIT CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
522.2 If an audit team member has recently served as a director or officer, or employee of the audit
client, a self-interest, self-review or familiarity threat might be created. This section sets out

Service During Period Covered by the Audit Report
R522.3 The audit team shall not include an individual who, during the period covered by the audit
report:
(a) Had served as a director or officer of the audit client; or
(b) Was an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the preparation of the
opinion.
Service Prior to Period Covered by the Audit Report
522.4 A1 A self-interest, self-review or familiarity threat might be created if, before the period covered by
the audit report, an audit team member:
(a) Had served as a director or officer of the audit client; or

(b) Was an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the preparation of the
client’s accounting records or financial statements on which the firm will express an
opinion.
Page 137 of 232

For example, a threat would be created if a decision made or work performed by the individual
in the prior period, while employed by the client, is to be evaluated in the current period as part
of the current audit engagement.
 The position the individual held with the client.
 The length of time since the individual left the client.
522.4 A3 An example of an action that might be a safeguard to address such a self-interest, self-review
or familiarity threat is having an appropriate reviewer review the work performed by the audit
team member.
SECTION 523
SERVING AS A DIRECTOR OR OFFICER OF AN AUDIT CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
523.2 Serving as a director or officer of an audit client creates self-review and self-interest threats.
This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to applying the

Service as Director or Officer
R523.3 A partner or employee of the firm or a network firm shall not serve as a director or officer of an
audit client of the firm.
Service as Company Secretary
R523.4 A partner or employee of the firm or a network firm shall not serve as Company Secretary for
an audit client of the firm, unless:
(a) This practice is specifically permitted under local law, professional rules or practice;
(b) Management makes all relevant decisions; and
(c) The duties and activities performed are limited to those of a routine and administrative
nature, such as preparing minutes and maintaining statutory returns.
523.4 A1 The position of Company Secretary has different implications in different jurisdictions. Duties
might range from: administrative duties (such as personnel management and the maintenance
of company records and registers) to duties as diverse as ensuring that the company complies
with regulations or providing advice on corporate governance matters. Usually this position is
seen to imply a close association with the entity. Therefore, a threat is created if a partner or
employee of the firm or a network firm serves as Company Secretary for an audit client. (More
information on providing non-assurance services to an audit client is set out in Section 600,
Provision of Non-assurance Services to an Audit Client.)
Page 138 of 232
SECTION 524
EMPLOYMENT WITH AN AUDIT CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
524.2 Employment relationships with an audit client might create a self-interest, familiarity or

All Audit Clients
524.3 A1 A familiarity or intimidation threat might be created if any of the following individuals have been
an audit team member or partner of the firm or a network firm:
 A director or officer of the audit client.
 An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the preparation of the client’s
accounting records or the financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion.
Former Partner or Audit Team Member Restrictions
R524.4 The firm shall ensure that no significant connection remains between the firm or a network firm
and:
(a) A former partner who has joined an audit client of the firm; or
(b) A former audit team member who has joined the audit client,
if either has joined the audit client as:

(i) A director or officer; or
(ii) An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the preparation of the
opinion.
A significant connection remains between the firm or a network firm and the individual, unless:
(a) The individual is not entitled to any benefits or payments from the firm or network firm
that are not made in accordance with fixed pre-determined arrangements;
(b) Any amount owed to the individual is not material to the firm or the network firm; and
(c) The individual does not continue to participate or appear to participate in the firm’s or
the network firm’s business or professional activities.
524.4 A1 Even if the requirements of paragraph R524.4 are met, a familiarity or intimidation threat might
still be created.
Page 139 of 232

524.4 A2 A familiarity or intimidation threat might also be created if a former partner of the firm or network
firm has joined an entity in one of the positions described in paragraph 524.3 A1 and the entity
subsequently becomes an audit client of the firm.
 The position the individual has taken at the client.
 Any involvement the individual will have with the audit team.
 The length of time since the individual was an audit team member or partner of the firm
or network firm.
 The former position of the individual within the audit team, firm or network firm. An
example is whether the individual was responsible for maintaining regular contact with
the client’s management or those charged with governance.
524.4 A4 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such familiarity or intimidation threats
include:
 Modifying the audit plan.
 Assigning to the audit team individuals who have sufficient experience relative to the
individual who has joined the client.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the former audit team member.
Audit Team Members Entering Employment with a Client
R524.5 A firm or network firm shall have policies and procedures that require audit team members to
notify the firm or network firm when entering employment negotiations with an audit client.
524.5 A1 A self-interest threat is created when an audit team member participates in the audit
engagement while knowing that the audit team member will, or might, join the client at some
time in the future.
524.5 A2 An example of an action that might eliminate such a self-interest threat is removing the
individual from the audit team.
having an appropriate reviewer review any significant judgements made by that individual while
on the team.
Key Audit Partners
R524.6 Subject to paragraph R524.8, if an individual who was a key audit partner with respect to an
audit client that is a public interest entity joins the client as:
(a) A director or officer; or
opinion,
independence is compromised unless, subsequent to the individual ceasing to be a key audit

partner:
Page 140 of 232
(i) The audit client has issued audited financial statements covering a period of not less
than twelve months; and
(ii) The individual was not an audit team member with respect to the audit of those financial
statements.
Senior or Managing Partner (Chief Executive or Equivalent) of the Firm
R524.7 Subject to paragraph R524.8, if an individual who was the Senior or Managing Partner (Chief
Executive or equivalent) of the firm joins an audit client that is a public interest entity as:
opinion,
independence is compromised, unless twelve months have passed since the individual was
the Senior or Managing Partner (Chief Executive or equivalent) of the firm.
Business Combinations
R524.8 As an exception to paragraphs R524.6 and R524.7, independence is not compromised if the
circumstances set out in those paragraphs arise as a result of a business combination and:
(a) The position was not taken in contemplation of the business combination;
(b) Any benefits or payments due to the former partner from the firm or a network firm have
been settled in full, unless made in accordance with fixed pre-determined arrangements
and any amount owed to the partner is not material to the firm or network firm as
applicable;
(c) The former partner does not continue to participate or appear to participate in the firm’s
or network firm’s business or professional activities; and
(d) The firm discusses the former partner’s position held with the audit client with those
SECTION 525
TEMPORARY PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENTS
Introduction
independence.
525.2 The loan of personnel to an audit client might create a self-review, advocacy or familiarity
threat. This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to applying
the conceptual framework in such circumstances.

General
Page 141 of 232

525.3 A1 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address threats created by the loan of
personnel by a firm or a network firm to an audit client include:
 Conducting an additional review of the work performed by the loaned personnel might
address a self-review threat.
 Not including the loaned personnel as an audit team member might address a familiarity
or advocacy threat.
 Not giving the loaned personnel audit responsibility for any function or activity that the
personnel performed during the loaned personnel assignment might address a self-
review threat.
525.3 A2 When familiarity and advocacy threats are created by the loan of personnel by a firm or a
network firm to an audit client, such that the firm or the network firm becomes too closely
aligned with the views and interests of management, safeguards are often not available.
R525.4 A firm or network firm shall not loan personnel to an audit client unless:
(a) Such assistance is provided only for a short period of time;
(b) The personnel are not involved in providing non-assurance services that would not be
permitted under Section 600 and its subsections; and
(c) The personnel do not assume management responsibilities and the audit client is
responsible for directing and supervising the activities of the personnel.
SECTION 540
LONG ASSOCIATION OF PERSONNEL (INCLUDING PARTNER ROTATION) WITH AN
AUDIT CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
540.2 When an individual is involved in an audit engagement over a long period of time, familiarity and
self-interest threats might be created. This section sets out requirements and application material
Requirements and Application Material10

All Audit Clients
540.3 A1 Although an understanding of an audit client and its environment is fundamental to audit
quality, a familiarity threat might be created as a result of an individual’s long association as an
audit team member with:
(a) The audit client and its operations;
(b) The audit client’s senior management; or
10
To be read in conjunction with Section 92 of the South African Companies Act, 2008 (Act no.71 of 2008) for audits of companies in
South Africa
Page 142 of 232
(c) The financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion or the financial
information which forms the basis of the financial statements.
540.3 A2 A self-interest threat might be created as a result of an individual’s concern about losing a
longstanding client or an interest in maintaining a close personal relationship with a member of
senior management or those charged with governance. Such a threat might influence the
individual’s judgement inappropriately.
540.3 A3 Factors that are relevant to evaluating the level of such familiarity or self-interest threats
include:
(a) In relation to the individual:
 The overall length of the individual’s relationship with the client, including if such
relationship existed while the individual was at a prior firm.
 How long the individual has been an engagement team member, and the nature
of the roles performed.
 The extent to which the work of the individual is directed, reviewed and supervised
by more senior personnel.
 The extent to which the individual, due to the individual’s seniority, has the ability
to influence the outcome of the audit, for example, by making key decisions or
directing the work of other engagement team members.
 The closeness of the individual’s personal relationship with senior management or

 The nature, frequency and extent of the interaction between the individual and
senior management or those charged with governance.
(b) In relation to the audit client:
 The nature or complexity of the client’s accounting and financial reporting issues
and whether they have changed.
 Whether there have been any recent changes in senior management or those
 Whether there have been any structural changes in the client’s organisation which
impact the nature, frequency and extent of interactions the individual might have
with senior management or those charged with governance.
540.3 A4 The combination of two or more factors might increase or reduce the level of the threats. For
example, familiarity threats created over time by the increasingly close relationship between an
individual and a member of the client’s senior management would be reduced by the departure of
that member of the client’s senior management.
540.3 A5 An example of an action that might eliminate the familiarity and self-interest threats created by
an individual being involved in an audit engagement over a long period of time would be rotating
the individual off the audit team.
Page 143 of 232

540.3 A6 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such familiarity or self-interest threats
include:
 Changing the role of the individual on the audit team or the nature and extent of the tasks
the individual performs.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who was not an audit team member review the work of
the individual.
 Performing regular independent internal or external quality reviews of the engagement.
R540.4 If a firm decides that the level of the threats created can only be addressed by rotating the individual
off the audit team, the firm shall determine an appropriate period during which the individual shall
not:
(a) Be a member of the engagement team for the audit engagement;
(b) Provide quality control for the audit engagement; or
(c) Exert direct influence on the outcome of the audit engagement.
The period shall be of sufficient duration to allow the familiarity and self-interest threats to be
addressed. In the case of a public interest entity, paragraphs R540.5 to R540.20 also apply.
R540.5 Subject to paragraphs R540.7 to R540.9, in respect of an audit of a public interest entity, an
individual shall not act in any of the following roles, or a combination of such roles, for a period
of more than seven cumulative years (the “time-on” period):
(a) The engagement partner;
(b) The individual appointed as responsible for the engagement quality control review; or
(c) Any other key audit partner role.

After the time-on period, the individual shall serve a “cooling-off” period in accordance with the
provisions in paragraphs R540.11 to R540.19.
R540.6 In calculating the time-on period, the count of years shall not be restarted unless the individual
ceases to act in any one of the roles in paragraph R540.5(a) to (c) for a minimum period. This
minimum period is a consecutive period equal to at least the cooling-off period determined in
accordance with paragraphs R540.11 to R540.13 as applicable to the role in which the
individual served in the year immediately before ceasing such involvement.
540.6 A1 For example, an individual who served as engagement partner for four years followed by three
years off can only act thereafter as a key audit partner on the same audit engagement for three
further years (making a total of seven cumulative years). Thereafter, that individual is required
to cool off in accordance with paragraph R540.14.
R540.7 As an exception to paragraph R540.5, key audit partners whose continuity is especially important
to audit quality may, in rare cases due to unforeseen circumstances outside the firm’s control, and
with the concurrence of those charged with governance, be permitted to serve an additional year
as a key audit partner as long as the threat to independence can be eliminated or reduced to an
acceptable level.
Page 144 of 232

540.7 A1 For example, a key audit partner may remain in that role on the audit team for up to one additional
year in circumstances where, due to unforeseen events, a required rotation was not possible, as
might be the case due to serious illness of the intended engagement partner. In such
circumstances, this will involve the firm discussing with those charged with governance the reasons
why the planned rotation cannot take place and the need for any safeguards to reduce any threat
created.
R540.8 If an audit client becomes a public interest entity, a firm shall take into account the length of
time an individual has served the audit client as a key audit partner before the client becomes
a public interest entity in determining the timing of the rotation. If the individual has served the
audit client as a key audit partner for a period of five cumulative years or less when the client
becomes a public interest entity, the number of years the individual may continue to serve the
client in that capacity before rotating off the engagement is seven years less the number of
years already served. As an exception to paragraph R540.5, if the individual has served the
audit client as a key audit partner for a period of six or more cumulative years when the client
becomes a public interest entity, the individual may continue to serve in that capacity with the
concurrence of those charged with governance for a maximum of two additional years before
rotating off the engagement.
R540.9 When a firm has only a few people with the necessary knowledge and experience to serve as
a key audit partner on the audit of a public interest entity, rotation of key audit partners might
not be possible. As an exception to paragraph R540.5, if an independent regulatory body in
the relevant jurisdiction has provided an exemption from partner rotation in such
circumstances, an individual may remain a key audit partner for more than seven years, in
accordance with such exemption. This is provided that the independent regulatory body has
specified other requirements which are to be applied, such as the length of time that the key
audit partner may be exempted from rotation or a regular independent external review 11.
Other Considerations Relating to the Time-on Period
R540.10 In evaluating the threats created by an individual’s long association with an audit engagement,
a firm shall give particular consideration to the roles undertaken and the length of an individual’s
association with the audit engagement prior to the individual becoming a key audit partner.
540.10 A1 There might be situations where the firm, in applying the conceptual framework, concludes that
it is not appropriate for an individual who is a key audit partner to continue in that role even
though the length of time served as a key audit partner is less than seven years.
Cooling-off Period
R540.11 If the individual acted as the engagement partner for seven cumulative years, the cooling-off
period shall be five consecutive years.
R540.12 Where the individual has been appointed as responsible for the engagement quality control review
and has acted in that capacity for seven cumulative years, the cooling-off period shall be three
consecutive years.
R540.13 If the individual has acted as a key audit partner other than in the capacities set out in paragraphs
R540.11 and R540.12 for seven cumulative years, the cooling-off period shall be two consecutive
years.
11 The Regulatory Board has not provided such exemption from partner rotation or specific alternative safeguards
Page 145 of 232
Service in a combination of key audit partner roles
R540.14 If the individual acted in a combination of key audit partner roles and served as the engagement
partner for four or more cumulative years, the cooling-off period shall be five consecutive years.
R540.15 Subject to paragraph R540.16(a), if the individual acted in a combination of key audit partner
roles and served as the key audit partner responsible for the engagement quality control review
for four or more cumulative years, the cooling-off period shall be three consecutive years.
R540.16 If an individual has acted in a combination of engagement partner and engagement quality control
review roles for four or more cumulative years during the time-on period, the cooling-off period
shall:
(a) As an exception to paragraph R540.15, be five consecutive years where the individual has
been the engagement partner for three or more years; or
(b) Be three consecutive years in the case of any other combination.
R540.17 If the individual acted in any combination of key audit partner roles other than those addressed in
paragraphs R540.14 to R540.16, the cooling-off period shall be two consecutive years.
Service at a Prior Firm
R540.18 In determining the number of years that an individual has been a key audit partner as set out
in paragraph R540.5, the length of the relationship shall, where relevant, include time while the
individual was a key audit partner on that engagement at a prior firm.
Shorter Cooling-off Period Established by Law or Regulation
R540.19 Where a legislative or regulatory body (or organisation authorised or recognised by such
legislative or regulatory body) has established a cooling-off period for an engagement partner
of less than five consecutive years, the higher of that period or three years may be substituted
for the cooling-off period of five consecutive years specified in paragraphs R540.11, R540.14
and R540.16(a) provided that the applicable time-on period does not exceed seven years.
Restrictions on Activities During the Cooling-off Period

R540.20 For the duration of the relevant cooling-off period, the individual shall not:
(a) Be an engagement team member or provide quality control for the audit engagement;
(b) Consult with the engagement team or the client regarding technical or industry-specific
issues, transactions or events affecting the audit engagement (other than discussions with
the engagement team limited to work undertaken or conclusions reached in the last year of
the individual’s time-on period where this remains relevant to the audit);
(c) Be responsible for leading or coordinating the professional services provided by the firm
or a network firm to the audit client, or overseeing the relationship of the firm or a network
firm with the audit client; or
(d) Undertake any other role or activity not referred to above with respect to the audit client,
including the provision of non-assurance services that would result in the individual:
(i) Having significant or frequent interaction with senior management or those

charged with governance; or
Page 146 of 232

(ii) Exerting direct influence on the outcome of the audit engagement.
540.20 A1 The provisions of paragraph R540.20 are not intended to prevent the individual from assuming
a leadership role in the firm or a network firm, such as that of the Senior or Managing Partner
(Chief Executive or equivalent).
SECTION 600
PROVISION OF NON-ASSURANCE SERVICES TO AN AUDIT CLIENT
Introduction
600.1 Firms are required to comply with the fundamental principles, be independent, and apply the
independence.
600.2 Firms and network firms might provide a range of non-assurance services to their audit clients,
consistent with their skills and expertise. Providing non-assurance services to audit clients
might create threats to compliance with the fundamental principles and threats to
independence.
framework to identify, evaluate and address threats to independence when providing non-
assurance services to audit clients. The subsections that follow set out specific requirements
and application material relevant when a firm or network firm provides certain non-assurance
services to audit clients and indicate the types of threats that might be created as a result.
Some of the subsections include requirements that expressly prohibit a firm or network firm
from providing certain services to an audit client in certain circumstances because the threats
created cannot be addressed by applying safeguards.

General
R600.4 Before a firm or a network firm accepts an engagement to provide a non-assurance service to
an audit client, the firm shall determine whether providing such a service might create a threat
to independence.
600.4 A1 The requirements and application material in this section assist the firm in analysing certain
types of non-assurance services and the related threats that might be created if a firm or
network firm provides non-assurance services to an audit client.
600.4 A2 New business practices, the evolution of financial markets and changes in information
technology, are among the developments that make it impossible to draw up an all-inclusive
list of non-assurance services that might be provided to an audit client. As a result, the Code
does not include an exhaustive list of all non-assurance services that might be provided to an
audit client.
Evaluating Threats
600.5 A1 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of threats created by providing a non-assurance
service to an audit client include:
 The nature, scope and purpose of the service.
Page 147 of 232

 The degree of reliance that will be placed on the outcome of the service as part of the
audit.
 The legal and regulatory environment in which the service is provided.
 Whether the outcome of the service will affect matters reflected in the financial
statements on which the firm will express an opinion, and, if so:
o The extent to which the outcome of the service will have a material effect on the
o The degree of subjectivity involved in determining the appropriate amounts or

treatment for those matters reflected in the financial statements.
 The level of expertise of the client’s management and employees with respect to the
type of service provided.
 The extent of the client’s involvement in determining significant matters of judgement.
 The nature and extent of the impact of the service, if any, on the systems that generate
information that forms a significant part of the client’s:
o Accounting records or financial statements on which the firm will express an

opinion.
o Internal controls over financial reporting.
 Whether the client is a public interest entity. For example, providing a non-assurance
service to an audit client that is a public interest entity might be perceived to result in a
higher level of a threat.
600.5 A2 Subsections 601 to 610 include examples of additional factors that are relevant in evaluating
the level of threats created by providing the non-assurance services set out in those
subsections.
Materiality in Relation to Financial Statements
600.5 A3 Subsections 601 to 610 refer to materiality in relation to an audit client’s financial statements.
The concept of materiality in relation to an audit is addressed in ISA 320, Materiality in Planning
and Performing an Audit, and in relation to a review in ISRE 2400 (Revised), Engagements to
Review Historical Financial Statements. The determination of materiality involves the exercise
of professional judgement and is impacted by both quantitative and qualitative factors. It is also
affected by perceptions of the financial information needs of users.
Multiple Non-assurance Services Provided to the Same Audit Client
600.5 A4 A firm or network firm might provide multiple non-assurance services to an audit client. In these
circumstances the consideration of the combined effect of threats created by providing those
services is relevant to the firm’s evaluation of threats.
Addressing Threats
600.6 A1 Subsections 601 to 610 include examples of actions, including safeguards, that might address
threats to independence created by providing those non-assurance services when threats are
not at an acceptable level. Those examples are not exhaustive.
Page 148 of 232

600.6 A2 Some of the subsections include requirements that expressly prohibit a firm or network firm
from providing certain services to an audit client in certain circumstances because the threats
created cannot be addressed by applying safeguards.
600.6 A3 Paragraph 120.10 A2 includes a description of safeguards. In relation to providing non-

assurance services to audit clients, safeguards are actions, individually or in combination, that
the firm takes that effectively reduce threats to independence to an acceptable level. In some
situations, when a threat is created by providing a non-assurance service to an audit client,
safeguards might not be available. In such situations, the application of the conceptual
framework set out in Section 120 requires the firm to decline or end the non-assurance service
or the audit engagement.
Prohibition on Assuming Management Responsibilities
R600.7 A firm or a network firm shall not assume a management responsibility for an audit client.
600.7 A1 Management responsibilities involve controlling, leading and directing an entity, including
making decisions regarding the acquisition, deployment and control of human, financial,
technological, physical and intangible resources.
600.7 A2 Providing a non-assurance service to an audit client creates self-review and self-interest
threats if the firm or network firm assumes a management responsibility when performing the
service. Assuming a management responsibility also creates a familiarity threat and might
create an advocacy threat because the firm or network firm becomes too closely aligned with
the views and interests of management.
600.7 A3 Determining whether an activity is a management responsibility depends on the circumstances

and requires the exercise of professional judgement. Examples of activities that would be
considered a management responsibility include:
 Setting policies and strategic direction.
 Hiring or dismissing employees.

 Directing and taking responsibility for the actions of employees in relation to the
employees’ work for the entity.
 Authorising transactions.
 Controlling or managing bank accounts or investments.
 Deciding which recommendations of the firm or network firm or other third parties to
implement.
 Reporting to those charged with governance on behalf of management.
 Taking responsibility for:
o The preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance

with the applicable financial reporting framework.
o Designing, implementing, monitoring or maintaining internal control.
600.7 A4 Providing advice and recommendations to assist the management of an audit client in
discharging its responsibilities is not assuming a management responsibility. (Ref: Para.
R600.7 to 600.7 A3).
Page 149 of 232

R600.8 To avoid assuming a management responsibility when providing any non-assurance service to
an audit client, the firm shall be satisfied that client management makes all judgements and
decisions that are the proper responsibility of management. This includes ensuring that the
client’s management:
(a) Designates an individual who possesses suitable skill, knowledge and experience to be
responsible at all times for the client’s decisions and to oversee the services. Such an
individual, preferably within senior management, would understand:
(i) The objectives, nature and results of the services; and
(ii) The respective client and firm or network firm responsibilities.
However, the individual is not required to possess the expertise to perform or re-perform
the services.
(b) Provides oversight of the services and evaluates the adequacy of the results of the
service performed for the client’s purpose.
(c) Accepts responsibility for the actions, if any, to be taken arising from the results of the
services.
Providing Non-Assurance Services to an Audit Client that Later Becomes a Public Interest Entity
R600.9 A non-assurance service provided, either currently or previously, by a firm or a network firm to
an audit client compromises the firm’s independence when the client becomes a public interest
entity unless:
(a) The previous non-assurance service complies with the provisions of this section that
relate to audit clients that are not public interest entities;
(b) Non-assurance services currently in progress that are not permitted under this section
for audit clients that are public interest entities are ended before, or as soon as
practicable after, the client becomes a public interest entity; and
(c) The firm addresses threats that are created that are not at an acceptable level.
Considerations for Certain Related Entities
R600.10 This section includes requirements that prohibit firms and network firms from assuming
management responsibilities or providing certain non-assurance services to audit clients. As
an exception to those requirements, a firm or network firm may assume management
responsibilities or provide certain non-assurance services that would otherwise be prohibited
to the following related entities of the client on whose financial statements the firm will express
an opinion:
(a) An entity that has direct or indirect control over the client;
(b) An entity with a direct financial interest in the client if that entity has significant influence
over the client and the interest in the client is material to such entity; or
(c) An entity which is under common control with the client,
provided that all of the following conditions are met:

(i) The firm or a network firm does not express an opinion on the financial statements of
the related entity;
Page 150 of 232
(ii) The firm or a network firm does not assume a management responsibility, directly or
indirectly, for the entity on whose financial statements the firm will express an opinion;
(iii) The services do not create a self-review threat because the results of the services will
not be subject to audit procedures; and
(iv) The firm addresses other threats created by providing such services that are not at an
acceptable level.
SUBSECTION 601 – ACCOUNTING AND BOOKKEEPING SERVICES

Introduction
601.1 Providing accounting and bookkeeping services to an audit client might create a self-review
threat.
601.2 In addition to the specific requirements and application material in this subsection, the
requirements and application material in paragraphs 600.1 to R600.10 are relevant to applying
the conceptual framework when providing an audit client with accounting and bookkeeping
services. This subsection includes requirements that prohibit firms and network firms from
providing certain accounting and bookkeeping services to audit clients in some circumstances
because the threats created cannot be addressed by applying safeguards.

All Audit Clients
601.3 A1 Accounting and bookkeeping services comprise a broad range of services including:
 Preparing accounting records and financial statements.
 Recording transactions.
 Payroll services.
601.3 A2 Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements
in accordance with the applicable financial reporting framework. These responsibilities include:
 Determining accounting policies and the accounting treatment in accordance with those
policies.
 Preparing or changing source documents or originating data, in electronic or other form,

evidencing the occurrence of a transaction. Examples include:
o Purchase orders.
o Payroll time records.
o Customer orders.
 Originating or changing journal entries.
 Determining or approving the account classifications of transactions.
Page 151 of 232

601.3 A3 The audit process necessitates dialogue between the firm and the management of the audit
client, which might involve:
 Applying accounting standards or policies and financial statement disclosure

requirements.
 Assessing the appropriateness of financial and accounting control and the methods used
in determining the stated amounts of assets and liabilities.
 Proposing adjusting journal entries.
These activities are considered to be a normal part of the audit process and do not usually
create threats as long as the client is responsible for making decisions in the preparation of
accounting records and financial statements.
601.3 A4 Similarly, the client might request technical assistance on matters such as resolving account
reconciliation problems or analysing and accumulating information for regulatory reporting. In
addition, the client might request technical advice on accounting issues such as the conversion
of existing financial statements from one financial reporting framework to another. Examples
include:
 Complying with group accounting policies.
 Transitioning to a different financial reporting framework such as International Financial

Reporting Standards.
Such services do not usually create threats provided neither the firm nor network firm assumes
a management responsibility for the client.
Accounting and Bookkeeping Services that are Routine or Mechanical
601.4 A1 Accounting and bookkeeping services that are routine or mechanical in nature require little or
no professional judgement. Some examples of these services are:
 Preparing payroll calculations or reports based on client-originated data for approval and
payment by the client.
 Recording recurring transactions for which amounts are easily determinable from source
documents or originating data, such as a utility bill where the client has determined or
approved the appropriate account classification.
 Calculating depreciation on fixed assets when the client determines the accounting
policy and estimates of useful life and residual values.
 Posting transactions coded by the client to the general ledger.
 Posting client-approved entries to the trial balance.
 Preparing financial statements based on information in the client-approved trial balance

and preparing related notes based on client-approved records.
Page 152 of 232

Audit Clients that are Not Public Interest Entities
R601.5 A firm or a network firm shall not provide to an audit client that is not a public interest entity
accounting and bookkeeping services including preparing financial statements on which the
firm will express an opinion or financial information which forms the basis of such financial
statements, unless:
(a) The services are of a routine or mechanical nature; and
(b) The firm addresses any threats that are created by providing such services that are not
at an acceptable level.
601.5 A1 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address a self-review threat created when
providing accounting and bookkeeping services of a routine and mechanical nature to an audit
client include:
 Having an appropriate reviewer who was not involved in providing the service review the
audit work or service performed.
R601.6 Subject to paragraph R601.7, a firm or a network firm shall not provide to an audit client that is
a public interest entity accounting and bookkeeping services including preparing financial
statements on which the firm will express an opinion or financial information which forms the
basis of such financial statements.
R601.7 As an exception to paragraph R601.6, a firm or network firm may provide accounting and
bookkeeping services of a routine or mechanical nature for divisions or related entities of an
audit client that is a public interest entity if the personnel providing the services are not audit
team members and:
(a) The divisions or related entities for which the service is provided are collectively
immaterial to the financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion; or
(b) The service relates to matters that are collectively immaterial to the financial statements
of the division or related entity.
SUBSECTION 602 – ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

Introduction
602.1 Providing administrative services to an audit client does not usually create a threat.
602.2 In addition to the specific application material in this subsection, the requirements and
application material in paragraphs 600.1 to R600.10 are relevant to applying the conceptual
framework when providing administrative services.
All Audit Clients
602.3 A1 Administrative services involve assisting clients with their routine or mechanical tasks within
the normal course of operations. Such services require little to no professional judgement and
are clerical in nature.
Page 153 of 232
602.3 A2 Examples of administrative services include:
 Word processing services.
 Preparing administrative or statutory forms for client approval.
 Submitting such forms as instructed by the client.
 Monitoring statutory filing dates, and advising an audit client of those dates.
SUBSECTION 603 – VALUATION SERVICES

Introduction
603.1 Providing valuation services to an audit client might create a self-review or advocacy threat.
the conceptual framework when providing valuation services to an audit client. This subsection
includes requirements that prohibit firms and network firms from providing certain valuation
services to audit clients in some circumstances because the threats created cannot be
addressed by applying safeguards.

All Audit Clients
603.3 A1 A valuation comprises the making of assumptions with regard to future developments, the
application of appropriate methodologies and techniques, and the combination of both to
compute a certain value, or range of values, for an asset, a liability or for a business as a whole.
603.3 A2 If a firm or network firm is requested to perform a valuation to assist an audit client with its tax
reporting obligations or for tax planning purposes and the results of the valuation will not have
a direct effect on the financial statements, the application material set out in paragraphs 604.9
A1 to 604.9 A5, relating to such services, applies.
603.3 A3 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of self-review or advocacy threats created by
providing valuation services to an audit client include:
 The use and purpose of the valuation report.
 Whether the valuation report will be made public.
 The extent of the client’s involvement in determining and approving the valuation
methodology and other significant matters of judgement.
 The degree of subjectivity inherent in the item for valuations involving standard or
established methodologies.
 Whether the valuation will have a material effect on the financial statements.
 The extent and clarity of the disclosures related to the valuation in the financial
statements.
 The degree of dependence on future events of a nature that might create significant
volatility inherent in the amounts involved.
Page 154 of 232

603.3 A4 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address threats include:
 Using professionals who are not audit team members to perform the service might
address self-review or advocacy threats.
audit work or service performed might address a self-review threat.
R603.4 A firm or a network firm shall not provide a valuation service to an audit client that is not a public
interest entity if:
(a) The valuation involves a significant degree of subjectivity; and
(b) The valuation will have a material effect on the financial statements on which the firm
will express an opinion.
603.4 A1 Certain valuations do not involve a significant degree of subjectivity. This is likely to be the case
when the underlying assumptions are either established by law or regulation, or are widely
accepted and when the techniques and methodologies to be used are based on generally
accepted standards or prescribed by law or regulation. In such circumstances, the results of a
valuation performed by two or more parties are not likely to be materially different.
R603.5 A firm or a network firm shall not provide a valuation service to an audit client that is a public
interest entity if the valuation service would have a material effect, individually or in the
aggregate, on the financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion.
SUBSECTION 604 – TAX SERVICES

Introduction
604.1 Providing tax services to an audit client might create a self-review or advocacy threat.
the conceptual framework when providing a tax service to an audit client. This subsection
includes requirements that prohibit firms and network firms from providing certain tax services
to audit clients in some circumstances because the threats created cannot be addressed by
applying safeguards.

All Audit Clients
604.3 A1 Tax services comprise a broad range of services, including activities such as:
 Tax return preparation.
 Tax calculations for the purpose of preparing the accounting entries.
 Tax planning and other tax advisory services.
 Tax services involving valuations.
Page 155 of 232

 Assistance in the resolution of tax disputes.
While this subsection deals with each type of tax service listed above under separate headings,
in practice, the activities involved in providing tax services are often inter-related.
604.3 A2 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of threats created by providing any tax service
to an audit client include:
 The particular characteristics of the engagement.
 The level of tax expertise of the client’s employees.
 The system by which the tax authorities assess and administer the tax in question and
the role of the firm or network firm in that process.
 The complexity of the relevant tax regime and the degree of judgement necessary in
applying it.
Tax Return Preparation
All Audit Clients
604.4 A1 Providing tax return preparation services does not usually create a threat.
604.4 A2 Tax return preparation services involve:
 Assisting clients with their tax reporting obligations by drafting and compiling information,
including the amount of tax due (usually on standardised forms) required to be submitted
to the applicable tax authorities.
 Advising on the tax return treatment of past transactions and responding on behalf of the
audit client to the tax authorities’ requests for additional information and analysis (for
example, providing explanations of and technical support for the approach being taken).
604.4 A3 Tax return preparation services are usually based on historical information and principally
involve analysis and presentation of such historical information under existing tax law, including
precedents and established practice. Further, the tax returns are subject to whatever review or
approval process the tax authority considers appropriate.
Tax Calculations for the Purpose of Preparing Accounting Entries
All Audit Clients
604.5 A1 Preparing calculations of current and deferred tax liabilities (or assets) for an audit client for
the purpose of preparing accounting entries that will be subsequently audited by the firm
creates a self-review threat.
604.5 A2 In addition to the factors in paragraph 604.3 A2, a factor that is relevant in evaluating the level
of the threat created when preparing such calculations for an audit client is whether the
calculation might have a material effect on the financial statements on which the firm will
express an opinion.
Page 156 of 232

604.5 A3 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such a self-review threat when the
audit client is not a public interest entity include:
audit work or service performed.
R604.6 A firm or a network firm shall not prepare tax calculations of current and deferred tax liabilities
(or assets) for an audit client that is a public interest entity for the purpose of preparing
accounting entries that are material to the financial statements on which the firm will express
an opinion.
604.6 A1 The examples of actions that might be safeguards in paragraph 604.5 A3 to address self-review
threats are also applicable when preparing tax calculations of current and deferred tax
liabilities (or assets) to an audit client that is a public interest entity that are immaterial to the
Tax Planning and Other Tax Advisory Services
All Audit Clients
604.7 A1 Providing tax planning and other tax advisory services might create a self-review or advocacy
threat.
604.7 A2 Tax planning or other tax advisory services comprise a broad range of services, such as
advising the client how to structure its affairs in a tax efficient manner or advising on the
application of a new tax law or regulation.
604.7 A3 In addition to paragraph 604.3 A2, factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of self-review
or advocacy threats created by providing tax planning and other tax advisory services to audit
clients include:
 The degree of subjectivity involved in determining the appropriate treatment for the tax
advice in the financial statements.
 Whether the tax treatment is supported by a private ruling or has otherwise been cleared
by the tax authority before the preparation of the financial statements.
For example, whether the advice provided as a result of the tax planning and other tax
advisory services:
o Is clearly supported by a tax authority or other precedent.
o Is an established practice.
o Has a basis in tax law that is likely to prevail.
 The extent to which the outcome of the tax advice will have a material effect on the
 Whether the effectiveness of the tax advice depends on the accounting treatment or
presentation in the financial statements and there is doubt as to the appropriateness of
Page 157 of 232
the accounting treatment or presentation under the relevant financial reporting

framework.
 Having an appropriate reviewer, who was not involved in providing the service review
the audit work or service performed might address a self-review threat.
 Obtaining pre-clearance from the tax authorities might address self-review or advocacy
threats.
When Effectiveness of Tax Advice Is Dependent on a Particular Accounting Treatment or Presentation
R604.8 A firm or a network firm shall not provide tax planning and other tax advisory services to an
audit client when the effectiveness of the tax advice depends on a particular accounting
treatment or presentation in the financial statements and:
(a) The audit team has reasonable doubt as to the appropriateness of the related
accounting treatment or presentation under the relevant financial reporting framework;
and
(b) The outcome or consequences of the tax advice will have a material effect on the
Tax Services Involving Valuations
All Audit Clients
604.9 A1 Providing tax valuation services to an audit client might create a self-review or advocacy threat.
604.9 A2 A firm or a network firm might perform a valuation for tax purposes only, where the result of the
valuation will not have a direct effect on the financial statements (that is, the financial
statements are only affected through accounting entries related to tax). This would not usually
create threats if the effect on the financial statements is immaterial or the valuation is subject
to external review by a tax authority or similar regulatory authority.
604.9 A3 If the valuation that is performed for tax purposes is not subject to an external review and the
effect is material to the financial statements, in addition to paragraph 604.3 A2, the following
factors are relevant in evaluating the level of self-review or advocacy threats created by
providing those services to an audit client:
 The extent to which the valuation methodology is supported by tax law or regulation,
other precedent or established practice.
 The degree of subjectivity inherent in the valuation.
 The reliability and extent of the underlying data.
Page 158 of 232

 Obtaining pre-clearance from the tax authorities might address self-review or advocacy
threats.
604.9 A5 A firm or network firm might also perform a tax valuation to assist an audit client with its tax
reporting obligations or for tax planning purposes where the result of the valuation will have a
direct effect on the financial statements. In such situations, the requirements and application
material set out in Subsection 603 relating to valuation services apply.
Assistance in the Resolution of Tax Disputes
All Audit Clients
604.10 A1 Providing assistance in the resolution of tax disputes to an audit client might create a self-
review or advocacy threat.
604.10 A2 A tax dispute might reach a point when the tax authorities have notified an audit client that
arguments on a particular issue have been rejected and either the tax authority or the client
refers the matter for determination in a formal proceeding, for example, before a public tribunal
or court.
604.10 A3 In addition to paragraph 604.3 A2, factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of self-review
or advocacy threats created by assisting an audit client in the resolution of tax disputes include:
 The role management plays in the resolution of the dispute.
 The extent to which the outcome of the dispute will have a material effect on the financial
statements on which the firm will express an opinion.
 Whether the advice that was provided is the subject of the tax dispute.
 The extent to which the matter is supported by tax law or regulation, other precedent, or
established practice.
 Whether the proceedings are conducted in public.

audit work or the service performed might address a self-review threat.
Resolution of Tax Matters Involving Acting as An Advocate
R604.11 A firm or a network firm shall not provide tax services that involve assisting in the resolution of
tax disputes to an audit client if:
(a) The services involve acting as an advocate for the audit client before a public tribunal
or court in the resolution of a tax matter; and
(b) The amounts involved are material to the financial statements on which the firm will
express an opinion.
Page 159 of 232

604.11 A1 Paragraph R604.11 does not preclude a firm or network firm from having a continuing advisory
role in relation to the matter that is being heard before a public tribunal or court, for example:
 Responding to specific requests for information.
 Providing factual accounts or testimony about the work performed.
 Assisting the client in analysing the tax issues related to the matter.
604.11 A2 What constitutes a “public tribunal or court” depends on how tax proceedings are heard in the
particular jurisdiction.
SUBSECTION 605 – INTERNAL AUDIT SERVICES

Introduction
605.1 Providing internal audit services to an audit client might create a self-review threat.
the conceptual framework when providing an internal audit service to an audit client. This
subsection includes requirements that prohibit firms and network firms from providing certain
internal audit services to audit clients in some circumstances because the threats created
cannot be addressed by applying safeguards.

All Audit Clients
605.3 A1 Internal audit services involve assisting the audit client in the performance of its internal audit
activities. Internal audit activities might include:
 Monitoring of internal control – reviewing controls, monitoring their operation and

recommending improvements to them.
 Examining financial and operating information by:
o Reviewing the means used to identify, measure, classify and report financial and
operating information.
o Inquiring specifically into individual items including detailed testing of transactions,

balances and procedures.
 Reviewing the economy, efficiency and effectiveness of operating activities including

non-financial activities of an entity.
 Reviewing compliance with:
o Laws, regulations and other external requirements.
o Management policies, directives and other internal requirements.
605.3 A2 The scope and objectives of internal audit activities vary widely and depend on the size and
structure of the entity and the requirements of management and those charged with
governance.
Page 160 of 232

R605.4 When providing an internal audit service to an audit client, the firm shall be satisfied that:
(a) The client designates an appropriate and competent resource, preferably within senior
management, to:
(i) Be responsible at all times for internal audit activities; and
(ii) Acknowledge responsibility for designing, implementing, monitoring and

maintaining internal control.
(b) The client’s management or those charged with governance reviews, assesses and
approves the scope, risk and frequency of the internal audit services;
(c) The client’s management evaluates the adequacy of the internal audit services and the
findings resulting from their performance;
(d) The client’s management evaluates and determines which recommendations resulting
from internal audit services to implement and manages the implementation process; and
(e) The client’s management reports to those charged with governance the significant
findings and recommendations resulting from the internal audit services.
605.4 A1 Paragraph R600.7 precludes a firm or a network firm from assuming a management
responsibility. Performing a significant part of the client’s internal audit activities increases the
possibility that firm or network firm personnel providing internal audit services will assume a
management responsibility.
605.4 A2 Examples of internal audit services that involve assuming management responsibilities include:
 Setting internal audit policies or the strategic direction of internal audit activities.
 Directing and taking responsibility for the actions of the entity’s internal audit employees.
 Deciding which recommendations resulting from internal audit activities to implement.

 Reporting the results of the internal audit activities to those charged with governance on
behalf of management.
 Performing procedures that form part of the internal control, such as reviewing and
approving changes to employee data access privileges.
 Taking responsibility for designing, implementing, monitoring and maintaining internal

control.
 Performing outsourced internal audit services, comprising all or a substantial portion of

the internal audit function, where the firm or network firm is responsible for determining
the scope of the internal audit work; and might have responsibility for one or more of the
matters noted above.
605.4 A3 When a firm uses the work of an internal audit function in an audit engagement, ISAs require
the performance of procedures to evaluate the adequacy of that work. Similarly, when a firm or
network firm accepts an engagement to provide internal audit services to an audit client, the
results of those services might be used in conducting the external audit. This creates a self-
review threat because it is possible that the audit team will use the results of the internal audit
service for purposes of the audit engagement without:
(a) Appropriately evaluating those results; or

Page 161 of 232
(b) Exercising the same level of professional scepticism as would be exercised when the
internal audit work is performed by individuals who are not members of the firm.
605.4 A4 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of such a self-review threat include:
 The materiality of the related financial statement amounts.
 The risk of misstatement of the assertions related to those financial statement amounts.
 The degree of reliance that the audit team will place on the work of the internal audit
service, including in the course of an external audit.
605.4 A5 An example of an action that might be a safeguard to address such a self-review threat is using
professionals who are not audit team members to perform the service.
R605.5 A firm or a network firm shall not provide internal audit services to an audit client that is a public
interest entity, if the services relate to:
(a) A significant part of the internal controls over financial reporting;
(b) Financial accounting systems that generate information that is, individually or in the
aggregate, material to the client’s accounting records or financial statements on which
the firm will express an opinion; or
(c) Amounts or disclosures that are, individually or in the aggregate, material to the financial
SUBSECTION 606 – INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS SERVICES

Introduction
606.1 Providing information technology (IT) systems services to an audit client might create a self-
review threat.
the conceptual framework when providing an IT systems service to an audit client. This
IT systems services to audit clients in some circumstances because the threats created cannot
be addressed by applying safeguards.

All Audit Clients
606.3 A1 Services related to IT systems include the design or implementation of hardware or software
systems. The IT systems might:
(a) Aggregate source data;
(b) Form part of the internal control over financial reporting; or
(c) Generate information that affects the accounting records or financial statements,
including related disclosures.
Page 162 of 232

However, the IT systems might also involve matters that are unrelated to the audit client’s
accounting records or the internal control over financial reporting or financial statements.
responsibility. Providing the following IT systems services to an audit client does not usually
create a threat as long as personnel of the firm or network firm do not assume a management
responsibility:
(a) Designing or implementing IT systems that are unrelated to internal control over financial
reporting;
(b) Designing or implementing IT systems that do not generate information forming a

significant part of the accounting records or financial statements;
(c) Implementing “off-the-shelf” accounting or financial information reporting software that

was not developed by the firm or network firm, if the customisation required to meet the
client’s needs is not significant; and
(d) Evaluating and making recommendations with respect to an IT system designed,

implemented or operated by another service provider or the client.
R606.4 When providing IT systems services to an audit client, the firm or network firm shall be satisfied
that:
(a) The client acknowledges its responsibility for establishing and monitoring a system of
internal controls;
(b) The client assigns the responsibility to make all management decisions with respect to
the design and implementation of the hardware or software system to a competent
employee, preferably within senior management;
(c) The client makes all management decisions with respect to the design and
implementation process;
(d) The client evaluates the adequacy and results of the design and implementation of the
system; and
(e) The client is responsible for operating the system (hardware or software) and for the
data it uses or generates.
606.4 A1 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of a self-review threat created by providing IT
systems services to an audit client include:
 The nature of IT systems and the extent to which they impact or interact with the client’s
accounting records or financial statements.
 The degree of reliance that will be placed on the particular IT systems as part of the
audit.
606.4 A2 An example of an action that might be a safeguard to address such a self-review threat is using
professionals who are not audit team members to perform the service.
Page 163 of 232

R606.5 A firm or a network firm shall not provide IT systems services to an audit client that is a public
interest entity if the services involve designing or implementing IT systems that:
(a) Form a significant part of the internal control over financial reporting; or
(b) Generate information that is significant to the client’s accounting records or financial
SUBSECTION 607 – LITIGATION SUPPORT SERVICES

Introduction
607.1 Providing certain litigation support services to an audit client might create a self-review or
advocacy threat.
607.2 In addition to the specific application material in this subsection, the requirements and
application material in paragraphs 600.1 to R600.10 are relevant to applying the conceptual
framework when providing a litigation support service to an audit client.
All Audit Clients
607.3 A1 Litigation support services might include activities such as:

 Assisting with document management and retrieval.
 Acting as a witness, including an expert witness.
 Calculating estimated damages or other amounts that might become receivable or

payable as the result of litigation or other legal dispute.
providing litigation support services to an audit client include:
 The legal and regulatory environment in which the service is provided, for example,
whether an expert witness is chosen and appointed by a court.
 The nature and characteristics of the service.
 The extent to which the outcome of the litigation support service will have a material
effect on the financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion.
607.3 A3 An example of an action that might be a safeguard to address such a self-review or advocacy
threat is using a professional who was not an audit team member to perform the service.
607.3 A4 If a firm or a network firm provides a litigation support service to an audit client and the service
involves estimating damages or other amounts that affect the financial statements on which
the firm will express an opinion, the requirements and application material set out in Subsection
603 related to valuation services apply.
SUBSECTION 608 – LEGAL SERVICES
Page 164 of 232

Introduction
608.1 Providing legal services to an audit client might create a self-review or advocacy threat.
the conceptual framework when providing a legal service to an audit client. This subsection
includes requirements that prohibit firms and network firms from providing certain legal services
to audit clients in some circumstances because the threats cannot be addressed by applying
safeguards.

All Audit Clients
608.3 A1 Legal services are defined as any services for which the individual providing the services must
either:
(a) Have the required legal training to practice law; or
(b) Be admitted to practice law before the courts of the jurisdiction in which such services
are to be provided.
Acting in an Advisory Role
608.4 A1 Depending on the jurisdiction, legal advisory services might include a wide and diversified
range of service areas including both corporate and commercial services to audit clients, such
as:
 Contract support.
 Supporting an audit client in executing a transaction.
 Mergers and acquisitions.

 Supporting and assisting an audit client’s internal legal department.
 Legal due diligence and restructuring.
providing legal advisory services to an audit client include:
 The materiality of the specific matter in relation to the client’s financial statements.
 The complexity of the legal matter and the degree of judgement necessary to provide
the service.

address a self-review or advocacy threat.
audit work or the service performed might address a self-review threat.
Acting as General Counsel
R608.5 A partner or employee of the firm or the network firm shall not serve as General Counsel for
legal affairs of an audit client.
Page 165 of 232
608.5 A1 The position of General Counsel is usually a senior management position with broad
responsibility for the legal affairs of a company.
Acting in an Advocacy Role
R608.6 A firm or a network firm shall not act in an advocacy role for an audit client in resolving a dispute
or litigation when the amounts involved are material to the financial statements on which the
firm will express an opinion.
608.6 A1 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address a self-review threat created when
acting in an advocacy role for an audit client when the amounts involved are not material to the
financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion include:
audit work or the service performed.
SUBSECTION 609 – RECRUITING SERVICES

Introduction
609.1 Providing recruiting services to an audit client might create a self-interest, familiarity or
intimidation threat.
the conceptual framework when providing a recruiting service to an audit client. This subsection
includes requirements that prohibit firms and network firms from providing certain types of
recruiting services to audit clients in some circumstances because the threats created cannot
be addressed by applying safeguards.

All Audit Clients
609.3 A1 Recruiting services might include activities such as:
 Developing a job description.
 Developing a process for identifying and selecting potential candidates.
 Searching for or seeking out candidates.
 Screening potential candidates for the role by:
o Reviewing the professional qualifications or competence of applicants and

determining their suitability for the position.
o Undertaking reference checks of prospective candidates.
o Interviewing and selecting suitable candidates and advising on candidates’

competence.
 Determining employment terms and negotiating details, such as salary, hours and other
compensation.
Page 166 of 232
responsibility. Providing the following services does not usually create a threat as long as
personnel of the firm or network firm does not assume a management responsibility:
 Reviewing the professional qualifications of a number of applicants and providing advice

on their suitability for the position.
 Interviewing candidates and advising on a candidate’s competence for financial

accounting, administrative or control positions.
R609.4 When a firm or network firm provides recruiting services to an audit client , the firm shall be
satisfied that:
(a) The client assigns the responsibility to make all management decisions with respect to
hiring the candidate for the position to a competent employee, preferably within senior
management; and
(b) The client makes all management decisions with respect to the hiring process, including:
(a) Determining the suitability of prospective candidates and selecting suitable

candidates for the position.
(b) Determining employment terms and negotiating details, such as salary, hours and
other compensation.
609.5 A1 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threats
created by providing recruiting services to an audit client include:
 The nature of the requested assistance.
 The role of the individual to be recruited.
 Any conflicts of interest or relationships that might exist between the candidates and the
firm providing the advice or service.
or intimidation threat is using professionals who are not audit team members to perform the
service.
Recruiting Services that are Prohibited
R609.6 When providing recruiting services to an audit client, the firm or the network firm shall not act
as a negotiator on the client’s behalf.
R609.7 A firm or a network firm shall not provide a recruiting service to an audit client if the service
relates to:
(a) Searching for or seeking out candidates; or
(b) Undertaking reference checks of prospective candidates,
with respect to the following positions:
(i) A director or officer of the entity; or
(ii) A member of senior management in a position to exert significant influence over the
preparation of the client’s accounting records or the financial statements on which the
firm will express an opinion.
Page 167 of 232

SUBSECTION 610 – CORPORATE FINANCE SERVICES

Introduction
610.1 Providing corporate finance services to an audit client might create a self-review or advocacy
threat.
the conceptual framework when providing a corporate finance service to an audit client. This
corporate finance services in some circumstances to audit clients because the threats created
cannot be addressed by applying safeguards.

All Audit Clients
610.3 A1 Examples of corporate finance services that might create a self-review or advocacy threat
include:
 Assisting an audit client in developing corporate strategies.
 Identifying possible targets for the audit client to acquire.
 Advising on disposal transactions.
 Assisting in finance raising transactions.
 Providing structuring advice.
 Providing advice on the structuring of a corporate finance transaction or on financing

arrangements that will directly affect amounts that will be reported in the financial
610.3 A2 Factors that are relevant in evaluating the level of such threats created by providing corporate
finance services to an audit client include:
 The degree of subjectivity involved in determining the appropriate treatment for the
outcome or consequences of the corporate finance advice in the financial statements.
 The extent to which:
o The outcome of the corporate finance advice will directly affect amounts recorded
in the financial statements.
o The amounts are material to the financial statements.
 Whether the effectiveness of the corporate finance advice depends on a particular

accounting treatment or presentation in the financial statements and there is doubt as to
the appropriateness of the related accounting treatment or presentation under the
relevant financial reporting framework.
 Using professionals who are not audit team members to perform the service might address
self-review or advocacy threats.
Page 168 of 232

Corporate Finance Services that are Prohibited
R610.4 A firm or a network firm shall not provide corporate finance services to an audit client that
involve promoting, dealing in, or underwriting the audit client’s shares.
R610.5 A firm or a network firm shall not provide corporate finance advice to an audit client where the
effectiveness of such advice depends on a particular accounting treatment or presentation in
the financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion and:
(a) The audit team has reasonable doubt as to the appropriateness of the related
accounting treatment or presentation under the relevant financial reporting framework;
and
(b) The outcome or consequences of the corporate finance advice will have a material effect
on the financial statements on which the firm will express an opinion.
SECTION 800
REPORTS ON SPECIAL PURPOSE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS THAT INCLUDE A
RESTRICTION ON USE AND DISTRIBUTION (AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS)
Introduction
independence.
800.2 This section sets out certain modifications to Part 4A which are permitted in certain
circumstances involving audits of special purpose financial statements where the report
includes a restriction on use and distribution. In this section, an engagement to issue a
restricted use and distribution report in the circumstances set out in paragraph R800.3 is
referred to as an “eligible audit engagement.”

General
R800.3 When a firm intends to issue a report on an audit of special purpose financial statements which
includes a restriction on use and distribution, the independence requirements set out in Part
4A shall be eligible for the modifications that are permitted by this section, but only if:
(a) The firm communicates with the intended users of the report regarding the modified
independence requirements that are to be applied in providing the service; and
(b) The intended users of the report understand the purpose and limitations of the report and
explicitly agree to the application of the modifications.
800.3 A1 The intended users of the report might obtain an understanding of the purpose and limitations
of the report by participating, either directly, or indirectly through a representative who has
authority to act for the intended users, in establishing the nature and scope of the engagement.
In either case, this participation helps the firm to communicate with intended users about
Page 169 of 232

independence matters, including the circumstances that are relevant to applying the
conceptual framework. It also allows the firm to obtain the agreement of the intended users to
the modified independence requirements.
R800.4 Where the intended users are a class of users who are not specifically identifiable by name at
the time the engagement terms are established, the firm shall subsequently make such users
aware of the modified independence requirements agreed to by their representative.
800.4 A1 For example, where the intended users are a class of users such as lenders in a syndicated
loan arrangement, the firm might describe the modified independence requirements in an
engagement letter to the representative of the lenders. The representative might then make
the firm’s engagement letter available to the members of the group of lenders to meet the
requirement for the firm to make such users aware of the modified independence requirements
agreed to by the representative.
R800.5 When the firm performs an eligible audit engagement, any modifications to Part 4A shall be
limited to those set out in paragraphs R800.7 to R800.14. The firm shall not apply these
modifications when an audit of financial statements is required by law or regulation.
R800.6 If the firm also issues an audit report that does not include a restriction on use and distribution
for the same client, the firm shall apply Part 4A to that audit engagement.
Public Interest Entities
R800.7 When the firm performs an eligible audit engagement, the firm does not need to apply the
independence requirements set out in Part 4A that apply only to public interest entity audit
engagements.
Related Entities
R800.8 When the firm performs an eligible audit engagement, references to “audit client” in Part 4A do
not need to include its related entities. However, when the audit team knows or has reason to
believe that a relationship or circumstance involving a related entity of the client is relevant to
the evaluation of the firm’s independence of the client, the audit team shall include that related
entity when identifying, evaluating and addressing threats to independence.
Networks and Network Firms
R800.9 When the firm performs an eligible audit engagement, the specific requirements regarding
network firms set out in Part 4A do not need to be applied. However, when the firm knows or
has reason to believe that threats to independence are created by any interests and
relationships of a network firm, the firm shall evaluate and address any such threat.
Financial Interests, Loans and Guarantees, Close Business Relationships, and Family and Personal
Relationships
R800.10 When the firm performs an eligible audit engagement:
(a) The relevant provisions set out in Sections 510, 511, 520, 521, 522, 524 and 525 need
apply only to the members of the engagement team, their immediate family members
and, where applicable, close family members;
(b) The firm shall identify, evaluate and address any threats to independence created by
interests and relationships, as set out in Sections 510, 511, 520, 521, 522, 524 and 525,
between the audit client and the following audit team members:
Page 170 of 232
(i) Those who provide consultation regarding technical or industry specific issues,
transactions or events; and
(ii) Those who provide quality control for the engagement, including those who
perform the engagement quality control review; and
(c) The firm shall evaluate and address any threats that the engagement team has reason
to believe are created by interests and relationships between the audit client and others
within the firm who can directly influence the outcome of the audit engagement.
800.10 A1 Others within a firm who can directly influence the outcome of the audit engagement include
those who recommend the compensation, or who provide direct supervisory, management or
other oversight, of the audit engagement partner in connection with the performance of the
audit engagement including those at all successively senior levels above the engagement partner
through to the individual who is the firm’s Senior or Managing Partner (Chief Executive or
equivalent).
R800.11 When the firm performs an eligible audit engagement, the firm shall evaluate and address any
threats that the engagement team has reason to believe are created by financial interests in
the audit client held by individuals, as set out in paragraphs R510.4(c) and (d), R510.5, R510.7
and 510.10 A5 and A9.
R800.12 When the firm performs an eligible audit engagement, the firm, in applying the provisions set
out in paragraphs R510.4(a), R510.6 and R510.7 to interests of the firm, shall not hold a
material direct or a material indirect financial interest in the audit client.
Employment with an Audit Client
R800.13 When the firm performs an eligible audit engagement, the firm shall evaluate and address any
threats created by any employment relationships as set out in paragraphs 524.3 A1 to 524.5
A3.
Providing Non-Assurance Services

R800.14 If the firm performs an eligible audit engagement and provides a non-assurance service to the
audit client, the firm shall comply with Sections 410 to 430 and Section 600, including its
subsections, subject to paragraphs R800.7 to R800.9.
Page 171 of 232

PART 4B – INDEPENDENCE FOR ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS OTHER

THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS ...................................................................... 1732
Section 900 Applying the Conceptual Framework to Independence for Assurance
Engagements Other than Audit and Review Engagements ...................................................................... 173
Section 905 Fees ...................................................................................................................................... 179
Section 906 Gifts and Hospitality .............................................................................................................. 181
Section 907 Actual or Threatened Litigation ............................................................................................. 181
Section 910 Financial Interests ................................................................................................................. 182
Section 911 Loans and Guarantees .......................................................................................................... 184
Section 920 Business Relationships ......................................................................................................... 186
Section 921 Family and Personal Relationships....................................................................................... 187
Section 922 Recent Service with an Assurance Client ............................................................................. 189
Section 923 Serving as a Director or Officer of an Assurance Client ....................................................... 190
Section 924 Employment with an Assurance Client ................................................................................. 191
Section 940 Long Association of Personnel with an Assurance Client ..................................................... 193
Section 950 Provision of Non-Assurance Services to Assurance Clients Other than

Audit and Review Engagement Clients ..................................................................................................... 194
Section 990 Reports that Include a Restriction on Use and Distribution (Assurance
Engagements Other than Audit and Review Engagements) .................................................................... 194
Page 172 of 232

PART 4B – INDEPENDENCE FOR ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS

OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS
SECTION 900
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK TO INDEPENDENCE FOR
ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS
Introduction
General
900.1 This Part applies to assurance engagements other than audit and review engagements
(referred to as “assurance engagements” in this Part). Examples of such engagements include:
 An audit of specific elements, accounts or items of a financial statement.
 Performance assurance on a company's key performance indicators.
independence requirements maintain independence where required by relevant ethics
standards. ISAEs establish responsibilities for engagement partners and engagement teams
at the level of the engagement. The allocation of responsibilities within a firm will depend on its
size, structure and organisation. Many of the provisions of Part 4B do not prescribe the specific
responsibility of individuals within the firm for actions related to independence, instead referring
to “firm” for ease of reference. Firms assign responsibility for a particular action to an individual
or a group of individuals (such as an assurance team) in accordance with ISQC 1. In addition,
an individual professional accountant remains responsible for compliance with any provisions
that apply to that professional accountant’s activities, interests or relationships.
 Independence of mind – the state of mind that permits the expression of a conclusion
scepticism.
 Independence in appearance – the avoidance of facts and circumstances that are so

firm’s or an assurance team member’s integrity, objectivity or professional scepticism
has been compromised.
900.5 When performing assurance engagements, the Code requires firms to comply with the
fundamental principles and be independent. This Part sets out specific requirements and
application material on how to apply the conceptual framework to maintain independence when
performing such engagements. The conceptual framework set out in Section 120 applies to
independence as it does to the fundamental principles set out in Section 110.
Page 173 of 232

threats; and
to reduce the threats to an acceptable level.
Description of Other Assurance Engagements
900.7 Assurance engagements are designed to enhance intended users’ degree of confidence about
the outcome of the evaluation or measurement of a subject matter against criteria. In an
assurance engagement, the firm expresses a conclusion designed to enhance the degree of
confidence of the intended users (other than the responsible party) about the outcome of the
evaluation or measurement of a subject matter against criteria. The Assurance Framework
describes the elements and objectives of an assurance engagement and identifies
engagements to which ISAEs apply. For a description of the elements and objectives of an
assurance engagement, refer to the Assurance Framework.
900.8 The outcome of the evaluation or measurement of a subject matter is the information that
results from applying the criteria to the subject matter. The term “subject matter information” is
used to mean the outcome of the evaluation or measurement of a subject matter. For example,
the Assurance Framework states that an assertion about the effectiveness of internal control
(subject matter information) results from applying a framework for evaluating the effectiveness
of internal control, such as COSO or CoCo (criteria), to internal control, a process (subject
matter).
900.9 Assurance engagements might be assertion-based or direct reporting. In either case, they
involve three separate parties: a firm, a responsible party and intended users.
900.10 In an assertion-based assurance engagement, the evaluation or measurement of the subject
matter is performed by the responsible party. The subject matter information is in the form of
an assertion by the responsible party that is made available to the intended users.
900.11 In a direct reporting assurance engagement, the firm:
(a) Directly performs the evaluation or measurement of the subject matter; or
(b) Obtains a representation from the responsible party that has performed the evaluation
or measurement that is not available to the intended users. The subject matter
information is provided to the intended users in the assurance report.
900.12 An assurance report might include a restriction on use and distribution. If it does and the
conditions set out in Section 990 are met, then the independence requirements in this Part may
be modified as provided in Section 990.
Audit and Review Engagements
900.130 Independence standards for audit and review engagements are set out in Part 4A –
Independence for Audit and Review Engagements. If a firm performs both an assurance
Page 174 of 232

engagement and an audit or review engagement for the same client, the requirements in Part
4A continue to apply to the firm, a network firm and the audit or review team members.

General
R900.14 A firm performing an assurance engagement shall be independent.
address threats to independence in relation to an assurance engagement.
Network firms
R900.16 When a firm has reason to believe that interests and relationships of a network firm create a
threat to the firm’s independence, the firm shall evaluate and address any such threat.
900.16 A1 Network firms are discussed in paragraphs 400.50 A1 to 400.54 A1.
Related Entities
R900.17 When the assurance team knows or has reason to believe that a relationship or circumstance
involving a related entity of the assurance client is relevant to the evaluation of the firm’s
independence from the client, the assurance team shall include that related entity when
identifying, evaluating and addressing threats to independence.
Types of Assurance Engagements
Assertion-based Assurance Engagements
R900.18 When performing an assertion-based assurance engagement:
(a) The assurance team members and the firm shall be independent of the assurance client
(the party responsible for the subject matter information, and which might be responsible
for the subject matter) as set out in this Part. The independence requirements set out in
this Part prohibit certain relationships between assurance team members and (i)
directors or officers, and (ii) individuals at the client in a position to exert significant
influence over the subject matter information;
(b) The firm shall apply the conceptual framework set out in Section 120 to relationships
with individuals at the client in a position to exert significant influence over the subject
matter of the engagement; and
(c) The firm shall evaluate and address any threats that the firm has reason to believe are
created by network firm interests and relationships.
R900.19 When performing an assertion-based assurance engagement where the responsible party is
responsible for the subject matter information but not the subject matter:
(a) The assurance team members and the firm shall be independent of the party responsible
for the subject matter information (the assurance client); and
(b) The firm shall evaluate and address any threats the firm has reason to believe are
created by interests and relationships between an assurance team member, the firm, a
network firm and the party responsible for the subject matter.
Page 175 of 232

900.19 A1 In the majority of assertion-based assurance engagements, the responsible party is

responsible for both the subject matter information and the subject matter. However, in some
engagements, the responsible party might not be responsible for the subject matter. An
example might be when a firm is engaged to perform an assurance engagement regarding a
report that an environmental consultant has prepared about a company’s sustainability
practices for distribution to intended users. In this case, the environmental consultant is the
responsible party for the subject matter information but the company is responsible for the
subject matter (the sustainability practices).
Direct Reporting Assurance Engagements
R900.20 When performing a direct reporting assurance engagement:
(the party responsible for the subject matter); and
(b) The firm shall evaluate and address any threats to independence the firm has reason to
believe are created by network firm interests and relationships.
Multiple Responsible Parties
900.21 A1 In some assurance engagements, whether assertion-based or direct reporting, there might be
several responsible parties. In determining whether it is necessary to apply the provisions in
this Part to each responsible party in such engagements, the firm may take into account certain
matters. These matters include whether an interest or relationship between the firm, or an
assurance team member, and a particular responsible party would create a threat to
independence that is not trivial and inconsequential in the context of the subject matter
information. This determination will take into account factors such as:
(a) The materiality of the subject matter information (or of the subject matter) for which the
particular responsible party is responsible.
(b) The degree of public interest associated with the engagement.

If the firm determines that the threat created by any such interest or relationship with a
particular responsible party would be trivial and inconsequential, it might not be necessary to
apply all of the provisions of this section to that responsible party.
(a) The engagement period; and
(b) The period covered by the subject matter information.
900.30 A1 The engagement period starts when the assurance team begins to perform assurance services
with respect to the particular engagement. The engagement period ends when the assurance
report is issued. When the engagement is of a recurring nature, it ends at the later of the
notification by either party that the professional relationship has ended or the issuance of the
Page 176 of 232

R900.31 If an entity becomes an assurance client during or after the period covered by the subject
matter information on which the firm will express a conclusion, the firm shall determine whether
any threats to independence are created by:
(a) Financial or business relationships with the assurance client during or after the period
covered by the subject matter information but before accepting the assurance
engagement; or
(b) Previous services provided to the assurance client.
R900.32 Threats to independence are created if a non-assurance service was provided to the assurance
client during, or after the period covered by the subject matter information, but before the
assurance team begins to perform assurance services, and the service would not be permitted
during the engagement period. In such circumstances, the firm shall evaluate and address any
threat to independence created by the service. If the threats are not at an acceptable level, the
firm shall only accept the assurance engagement if the threats are reduced to an acceptable
level.
 Using professionals who are not assurance team members to perform the service.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the assurance and non-assurance work as

appropriate.
R900.33 If a non-assurance service that would not be permitted during the engagement period has not
been completed and it is not practical to complete or end the service before the commencement
of professional services in connection with the assurance engagement, the firm shall only
accept the assurance engagement if:
(a) The firm is satisfied that:
(i) The non-assurance service will be completed within a short period of time; or
(ii) The client has arrangements in place to transition the service to another
provider within a short period of time;
(b) The firm applies safeguards when necessary during the service period; and
(c) The firm discusses the matter with those charged with governance.
General Documentation of Independence for Assurance Engagements Other than Audit and Review
Engagements
Page 177 of 232

Breach of an Independence Provision for Assurance Engagements Other than Audit and Review
Engagements
(a) End, suspend or eliminate the interest or relationship that created the breach;
(b) Evaluate the significance of the breach and its impact on the firm’s objectivity and ability
to issue an assurance report; and
(c) Determine whether action can be taken that satisfactorily addresses the consequences
of the breach.
account whether a reasonable and informed third party would be likely to conclude that the
firm’s objectivity would be compromised, and therefore, the firm would be unable to issue an
assurance report.
satisfactorily, the firm shall, as soon as possible, inform the party that engaged the firm or those
charged with governance, as appropriate. The firm shall also take the steps necessary to end
the assurance engagement in compliance with any applicable legal or regulatory requirements
relevant to ending the assurance engagement.
satisfactorily, the firm shall discuss the breach and the action it has taken or proposes to take
with the party that engaged the firm or those charged with governance, as appropriate. The
firm shall discuss the breach and the proposed action on a timely basis, taking into account
the circumstances of the engagement and the breach.
R900.53 If the party that engaged the firm does not, or those charged with governance do not concur
that the action proposed by the firm in accordance with paragraph R900.50(c) satisfactorily
addresses the consequences of the breach, the firm shall take the steps necessary to end the
assurance engagement in compliance with any applicable legal or regulatory requirements
Documentation
R900.54 In complying with the requirements in paragraphs R900.50 to R900.53, the firm shall
document:
(a) The breach;
(b) The actions taken;
(c) The key decisions made; and
Page 178 of 232

(d) All the matters discussed with the party that engaged the firm or those charged with
governance.
R900.55 If the firm continues with the assurance engagement, it shall document:
(a) The conclusion that, in the firm’s professional judgement, objectivity has not been
compromised; and
(b) The rationale for why the action taken satisfactorily addressed the consequences of the
breach so that the firm could issue an assurance report.
SECTION 905
FEES
Introduction
independence.

Fees―Relative Size
905.3 A1 When the total fees generated from an assurance client by the firm expressing the conclusion
in an assurance engagement represent a large proportion of the total fees of that firm, the
dependence on that client and concern about losing the client create a self-interest or

intimidation threat is increasing the client base in the firm to reduce dependence on the
assurance client.
905.3 A4 A self-interest or intimidation threat is also created when the fees generated by the firm from
an assurance client represent a large proportion of the revenue from an individual partner’s
clients.
905.3 A5 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such a self-interest or intimidation
threat include:
 Increasing the client base of the partner to reduce dependence on the assurance client.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who was not an assurance team member review the
work.
Page 179 of 232

Fees―Overdue
905.4 A1 A self-interest threat might be created if a significant part of fees is not paid before the
assurance report, if any, for the following period is issued. It is generally expected that the firm
will require payment of such fees before any such report is issued. The requirements and
application material set out in Section 911 with respect to loans and guarantees might also
apply to situations where such unpaid fees exist.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who did not take part in the assurance engagement
review the work performed.
R905.5 When a significant part of fees due from an assurance client remains unpaid for a long time,
the firm shall determine:
(b) Whether it is appropriate for the firm to be re-appointed or continue the assurance
engagement.
Contingent Fees
R905.7 A firm shall not charge directly or indirectly a contingent fee for an assurance engagement.
R905.8 A firm shall not charge directly or indirectly a contingent fee for a non-assurance service
provided to an assurance client if the outcome of the non-assurance service, and therefore,
the amount of the fee, is dependent on a future or contemporary judgement related to a matter
that is material to the subject matter information of the assurance engagement.
905.9 A1 Paragraphs R905.7 and R905.8 preclude a firm from entering into certain contingent fee
arrangements with an assurance client. Even if a contingent fee arrangement is not precluded
when providing a non-assurance service to an assurance client, a self-interest threat might still
be created.
depends.
remuneration.
 The effect of the event or transaction on the subject matter information.
Page 180 of 232

service review the relevant assurance work.
SECTION 906

Introduction
independence.
906.2 Accepting gifts and hospitality from an assurance client might create a self-interest, familiarity
or intimidation threat. This section sets out a specific requirement and application material

R906.3 A firm or an assurance team member shall not accept gifts and hospitality from an assurance
906.3 A1 Where a firm or assurance team member is offering or accepting an inducement to or from an
assurance client, the requirements and application material set out in Section 340 apply and
allow a firm or assurance team member to accept gifts and hospitality where the intent is to
improperly influence behaviour even if the value is trivial and inconsequential.
SECTION 907

Introduction
independence.
907.2 When litigation with an assurance client occurs, or appears likely, self-interest and intimidation
General
907.3 A1 The relationship between client management and assurance team members must be
characterised by complete candor and full disclosure regarding all aspects of a client’s
operations. Adversarial positions might result from actual or threatened litigation between an
assurance client and the firm or an assurance team member. Such adversarial positions might
Page 181 of 232

affect management’s willingness to make complete disclosures and create self-interest and
 Whether the litigation relates to a prior assurance engagement.
907.3 A3 If the litigation involves an assurance team member, an example of an action that might
eliminate such self-interest and intimidation threats is removing that individual from the
assurance team.
intimidation threats is having an appropriate reviewer review the work performed.
SECTION 910
FINANCIAL INTERESTS
Introduction
independence.
910.2 Holding a financial interest in an assurance client might create a self-interest threat. This

General
indirect.
financial interest in an assurance client include:
Page 182 of 232

Financial Interests Held by the Firm, Assurance Team Members and Immediate Family
R910.4 A direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest in the assurance client shall
not be held by:
(a) The firm; or
(b) An assurance team member or any of that individual’s immediate family.
Financial Interests in an Entity Controlling an Assurance Client
R910.5 When an entity has a controlling interest in the assurance client and the client is material to the
entity, neither the firm, nor an assurance team member, nor any of that individual’s immediate
family shall hold a direct or material indirect financial interest in that entity.
R910.6 Paragraph R910.4 shall also apply to a financial interest in an assurance client held in a trust
for which the firm or individual acts as trustee unless:
(a) None of the following is a beneficiary of the trust: the trustee, the assurance team
member or any of that individual’s immediate family, or the firm;
(b) The interest in the assurance client held by the trust is not material to the trust;
(c) The trust is not able to exercise significant influence over the assurance client; and
financial interest in the assurance client: the trustee, the assurance team member or any
of that individual’s immediate family, or the firm.
R910.7 If a firm, an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family, receives a
direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest in an assurance client by way of
an inheritance, gift, as a result of a merger, or in similar circumstances and the interest would
not otherwise be permitted to be held under this section, then:
(a) If the interest is received by the firm, the financial interest shall be disposed of
(b) If the interest is received by an assurance team member, or by any of that individual’s
immediate family, the individual who received the financial interest shall immediately
dispose of the financial interest, or dispose of enough of an indirect financial interest so
that the remaining interest is no longer material.
Close Family
910.8 A1 A self-interest threat might be created if an assurance team member knows that a close family
member has a direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest in the assurance
client.
Page 183 of 232

 The nature of the relationship between the assurance team member and the close family
member.
interest or dispose of enough of an indirect financial interest so that the remaining
interest is no longer material.
 Removing the individual from the assurance team.
having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the assurance team member.
Other Individuals
910.8 A5 A self-interest threat might be created if an assurance team member knows that a financial
interest is held in the assurance client by individuals such as:
 Partners and professional employees of the firm, apart from those who are specifically
not permitted to hold such financial interests by paragraph R910.4, or their immediate
family members.
 Individuals with a close personal relationship with an assurance team member.
assurance team member with the personal relationship from the assurance team.
 Excluding the assurance team member from any significant decision-making concerning
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the assurance team member.
SECTION 911
Introduction
independence.
911.2 A loan or a guarantee of a loan with an assurance client might create a self-interest threat. This
Page 184 of 232


General
Loans and Guarantees with an Assurance Client
R911.4 A firm, an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family shall not make
or guarantee a loan to an assurance client or any director or officer of an assurance client,
unless the loan or guarantee is immaterial to both:
(a) The firm or the individual making the loan or guarantee, as applicable; and
Loans and Guarantees with an Assurance Client that is a Bank or Similar Institution
R911.5 A firm, an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family shall not accept
a loan, or a guarantee of a loan, from an assurance client that is a bank or a similar institution
unless the loan or guarantee is made under normal lending procedures, terms and conditions.
911.5 A1 Examples of loans include mortgages, bank overdrafts, car loans and credit card balances.
911.5 A2 Even if a firm receives a loan from an assurance client that is a bank or similar institution under
normal lending procedures, terms and conditions, the loan might create a self-interest threat if
it is material to the assurance client or firm receiving the loan.
having the work reviewed by an appropriate reviewer, who is not an assurance team member,
from a network firm that is not a beneficiary of the loan.
Deposit or Brokerage Accounts
R911.6 A firm, an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family shall not have
deposits or a brokerage account with an assurance client that is a bank, broker, or similar
Loans and Guarantees with an Assurance Client that is not a Bank or Similar Institution
R911.7 A firm or an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family, shall not
accept a loan from, or have a borrowing guaranteed by, an assurance client that is not a bank
or similar institution, or any director or officer of an assurance client, unless the loan or
guarantee is immaterial to both:
(a) The firm, or the individual receiving the loan or guarantee, as applicable; and
Page 185 of 232

SECTION 920
Introduction
independence.
920.2 A close business relationship with an assurance client or its management might create a self-
interest or intimidation threat. This section sets out specific requirements and application
material relevant to applying the conceptual framework in such circumstances.

General
 Having a financial interest in a joint venture with either the client or a controlling owner,
director or officer or other individual who performs senior managerial activities for that
client.
 Arrangements to combine one or more services or products of the firm with one or more
services or products of the client and to market the package with reference to both
parties.
 Distribution or marketing arrangements under which the firm distributes or markets the
client’s products or services, or the client distributes or markets the firm’s products or
services.
Firm, Assurance Team Member or Immediate Family Business Relationships
R920.4 A firm or an assurance team member shall not have a close business relationship with an
assurance client or its management unless any financial interest is immaterial and the business
relationship is insignificant to the client or its management and the firm or the assurance team
member, as applicable.
between the assurance client or its management and the immediate family of an assurance
team member.
Page 186 of 232

920.5 A1 The purchase of goods and services from an assurance client by a firm, or an assurance team
member, or any of that individual’s immediate family does not usually create a threat to
interest threat.
SECTION 921
Introduction
independence.

General
relationships between an assurance team member and a director or officer or, depending on
their role, certain employees of the assurance client.
 The individual’s responsibilities on the assurance team.
 The role of the family member or other individual within the client, and the closeness of
the relationship.
Immediate Family of an Assurance Team Member
921.4 A1 A self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat is created when an immediate family member
of an assurance team member is an employee in a position to exert significant influence over
the subject matter of the engagement.
 The role of the assurance team member.
threat is removing the individual from the assurance team.
Page 187 of 232

or intimidation threat is structuring the responsibilities of the assurance team so that the
assurance team member does not deal with matters that are within the responsibility of the
immediate family member.
R921.5 An individual shall not participate as an assurance team member when any of that individual’s
immediate family:
(a) Is a director or officer of the assurance client;
(b) Is an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the subject matter
information of the assurance engagement; or
(c) Was in such a position during any period covered by the engagement or the subject
matter information.
Close Family of an Assurance Team Member
assurance team member is:
(a) A director or officer of the assurance client; or
(b) An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the subject matter
information of the assurance engagement.
member.
close family member.
Other Close Relationships of an Assurance Team Member
R921.7 An assurance team member shall consult in accordance with firm policies and procedures if
the assurance team member has a close relationship with an individual who is not an
immediate or close family member, but who is:
(a) A director or officer of the assurance client; or
created by such relationships include:
 The nature of the relationship between the individual and the assurance team member.
Page 188 of 232

individual with whom the assurance team member has a close relationship.
921.8 A1 A self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat might be created by a personal or family

relationship between:
(a) A partner or employee of the firm who is not an assurance team member; and
(b) A director or officer of the assurance client or an employee in a position to exert

significant influence over the subject matter information of the assurance engagement.
 The degree of interaction of the partner or employee of the firm with the assurance team.
 The role of the individual within the client.
over the assurance engagement.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the relevant assurance work performed.
SECTION 922
RECENT SERVICE WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
922.2 If an assurance team member has recently served as a director or officer or employee of the
assurance client, a self-interest, self-review or familiarity threat might be created . This section
Page 189 of 232


Service During the Period Covered by the Assurance Report
R922.3 The assurance team shall not include an individual who, during the period covered by the
assurance report:
(a) Had served as a director or officer of the assurance client; or
(b) Was an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the subject matter
Service Prior to the Period Covered by the Assurance Report
the assurance report, an assurance team member:
(b) Was an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the subject matter
of the current assurance engagement.
or familiarity threat is having an appropriate reviewer review the work performed by the
assurance team member.
SECTION 923
SERVING AS A DIRECTOR OR OFFICER OF AN ASSURANCE CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
923.2 Serving as a director or officer of an assurance client creates self-review and self-interest
threats. This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to
applying the conceptual framework in such circumstances.

R923.3 A partner or employee of the firm shall not serve as a director or officer of an assurance client
of the firm.
Page 190 of 232

R923.4 A partner or employee of the firm shall not serve as Company Secretary for an assurance client
of the firm unless:
(b) Management makes all decisions; and
employee of the firm serves as Company Secretary for an assurance client. (More information
on providing non-assurance services to an assurance client is set out in Section 950, Provision
of Non-assurances Services to an Assurance Client.)
SECTION 924
EMPLOYMENT WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
924.2 Employment relationships with an assurance client might create a self-interest, familiarity or

General
an assurance team member or partner of the firm:
 A director or officer of the assurance client.
 An employee who is in a position to exert significant influence over the subject matter
Former Partner or Assurance Team Member Restrictions
R924.4 If a former partner has joined an assurance client of the firm or a former assurance team
member has joined the assurance client as:
Page 191 of 232

information of the assurance engagement,
(c) the individual shall not continue to participate in the firm’s business or professional
activities.
924.4 A1 Even if one of the individuals described in paragraph R924.4 has joined the assurance client
in such a position and does not continue to participate in the firm’s business or professional
activities, a familiarity or intimidation threat might still be created.
924.4 A2 A familiarity or intimidation threat might also be created if a former partner of the firm has joined
an entity in one of the positions described in paragraph 924.3 A1 and the entity subsequently
becomes an assurance client of the firm.
 Any involvement the individual will have with the assurance team.
 The length of time since the individual was an assurance team member or partner of the
firm.
 The former position of the individual within the assurance team or firm. An example is
whether the individual was responsible for maintaining regular contact with the client’s
management or those charged with governance.
924.4 A4 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such a familiarity or intimidation threat
include:
 Making arrangements such that the individual is not entitled to any benefits or payments
from the firm, unless made in accordance with fixed pre-determined arrangements.
 Making arrangements such that any amount owed to the individual is not material to the
firm.
 Modifying the plan for the assurance engagement.

 Assigning to the assurance team individuals who have sufficient experience relative to
the individual who has joined the client.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the former assurance team member.
Assurance Team Members Entering Employment Negotiations with a Client
R924.5 A firm shall have policies and procedures that require assurance team members to notify the
firm when entering employment negotiations with an assurance client.
924.5 A1 A self-interest threat is created when an assurance team member participates in the assurance
engagement while knowing that the assurance team member will, or might, join the client
sometime in the future.
Page 192 of 232

individual from the assurance engagement.
having an appropriate reviewer review any significant judgements made by that assurance
team member while on the team.
SECTION 940
LONG ASSOCIATION OF PERSONNEL WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
940.2 When an individual is involved in an assurance engagement of a recurring nature over a long
period of time, familiarity and self-interest threats might be created. This section sets out
circumstances.

General
940.3 A1 A familiarity threat might be created as a result of an individual’s long association with:
(a) The assurance client;
(b) The assurance client’s senior management; or

(c) The subject matter and subject matter information of the assurance engagement.
longstanding assurance client or an interest in maintaining a close personal relationship with a
member of senior management or those charged with governance. Such a threat might
influence the individual’s judgement inappropriately.
include:
 The nature of the assurance engagement.
 How long the individual has been an assurance team member, the individual’s seniority
on the team, and the nature of the roles performed, including if such a relationship
existed while the individual was at a prior firm.
 The extent to which the work of the individual is directed, reviewed and supervised by
more senior personnel.
Page 193 of 232

 The extent to which the individual, due to the individual’s seniority, has the ability to
influence the outcome of the assurance engagement, for example, by making key
decisions or directing the work of other engagement team members.
 The closeness of the individual’s personal relationship with the assurance client or, if
relevant, senior management.
 The nature, frequency and extent of interaction between the individual and the assurance
client.
 Whether the nature or complexity of the subject matter or subject matter information has
changed.
 Whether there have been any recent changes in the individual or individuals who are
the responsible party or, if relevant, senior management.
example, familiarity threats created over time by the increasingly close relationship between
an individual and the assurance client would be reduced by the departure of the individual who
is the responsible party.
940.3 A5 An example of an action that might eliminate the familiarity and self-interest threats in relation
to a specific engagement would be rotating the individual off the assurance team.
include:
 Changing the role of the individual on the assurance team or the nature and extent of
the tasks the individual performs.
work of the individual.
R940.4 If a firm decides that the level of the threats created can only be addressed by rotating the
individual off the assurance team, the firm shall determine an appropriate period during which
the individual shall not:
(a) Be a member of the engagement team for the assurance engagement;
(b) Provide quality control for the assurance engagement; or
(c) Exert direct influence on the outcome of the assurance engagement.

addressed.
SECTION 950
PROVISION OF NON-ASSURANCE SERVICES TO ASSURANCE CLIENTS OTHER
THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENT CLIENTS
Introduction
Page 194 of 232

independence.
950.2 Firms might provide a range of non-assurance services to their assurance clients, consistent
with their skills and expertise. Providing certain non-assurance services to assurance clients
independence. This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to

General
R950.3 Before a firm accepts an engagement to provide a non-assurance service to an assurance

client, the firm shall determine whether providing such a service might create a threat to
independence.
950.3 A1 The requirements and application material in this section assist firms in analysing certain types
of non-assurance services and the related threats that might be created when a firm accepts
or provides non-assurance services to an assurance client.
technology are among the developments that make it impossible to draw up an all-inclusive list
of non-assurance services that might be provided to an assurance client. As a result, the Code
does not include an exhaustive listing of all non-assurance services that might be provided to
an assurance client.
Evaluating Threats
service to an assurance client include:
assurance engagement.
 Whether the outcome of the service will affect matters reflected in the subject matter or
subject matter information of the assurance engagement, and, if so:
o The extent to which the outcome of the service will have a material or
significant effect on the subject matter of the assurance engagement.
o The extent of the assurance client’s involvement in determining significant

matters of judgement.
 The level of expertise of the client’s management and employees with respect to the type
of service provided.
Materiality in Relation to an Assurance Client’s Information
950.4 A2 The concept of materiality in relation to an assurance client’s information is addressed in

International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised), Assurance
Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information. The
determination of materiality involves the exercise of professional judgement and is impacted
Page 195 of 232

by both quantitative and qualitative factors. It is also affected by perceptions of the financial or
other information needs of users.
Multiple Non-assurance Services Provided to the Same Assurance Client
950.4 A3 A firm might provide multiple non-assurance services to an assurance client. In these
circumstances the combined effect of threats created by providing those services is relevant
to the firm’s evaluation of threats.
Addressing Threats

assurance services to assurance clients, safeguards are actions, individually or in combination,
that the firm takes that effectively reduce threats to independence to an acceptable level. In
some situations, when a threat is created by providing a service to an assurance client,
or the assurance engagement.
R950.6 A firm shall not assume a management responsibility related to the subject matter or subject
matter information of an assurance engagement provided by the firm. If the firm assumes a
management responsibility as part of any other service provided to the assurance client, the
firm shall ensure that the responsibility is not related to the subject matter or subject matter
information of the assurance engagement provided by the firm.
950.6 A2 Providing a non-assurance service to an assurance client creates self-review and self-interest
threats if the firm assumes a management responsibility when performing the service. In
relation to providing a service related to the subject matter or subject matter information of an
assurance engagement provided by the firm, assuming a management responsibility also
creates a familiarity threat and might create an advocacy threat because the firm becomes too
closely aligned with the views and interests of management.

 Deciding which recommendations of the firm or other third parties to implement.

Page 196 of 232

control.
950.6 A4 Providing advice and recommendations to assist the management of an assurance client in
discharging its responsibilities is not assuming a management responsibility. (Ref: Paras.
R950.6 to 950.6 A3).
R950.7 To avoid assuming a management responsibility when providing non-assurance services to an

assurance client that are related to the subject matter or subject matter information of the
assurance engagement, the firm shall be satisfied that client management makes all related
judgements and decisions that are the proper responsibility of management. This includes
ensuring that the client’s management:
(a) Designates an individual who possesses suitable skill, knowledge and experience to be
(i) The objectives, nature and results of the services; and
(ii) The respective client and firm responsibilities.
the services.
service performed for the client’s purpose; and
services.
Other Considerations Related to Providing Specific Non-Assurance Services
950.8 A1 A self-review threat might be created if the firm is involved in the preparation of subject matter
information which is subsequently the subject matter information of an assurance engagement.
Examples of non-assurance services that might create such self-review threats when providing
services related to the subject matter information of an assurance engagement include:
(a) Developing and preparing prospective information and subsequently providing

assurance on this information.
(b) Performing a valuation that forms part of the subject matter information of an assurance
engagement.
SECTION 990
REPORTS THAT INCLUDE A RESTRICTION ON USE AND DISTRIBUTION
(ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW
ENGAGEMENTS)
Introduction
independence.
990.2 This section sets out certain modifications to Part 4B which are permitted in certain
circumstances involving assurance engagements where the report includes a restriction on
Page 197 of 232
use and distribution. In this section, an engagement to issue a restricted use and distribution
assurance report in the circumstances set out in paragraph R990.3 is referred to as an “eligible
assurance engagement.”

General
R990.3 When a firm intends to issue a report on an assurance engagement which includes a restriction
on use and distribution, the independence requirements set out in Part 4B shall be eligible for
the modifications that are permitted by this section, but only if:
(a) The firm communicates with the intended users of the report regarding the modified
(b) The intended users of the report understand the purpose, subject matter information
and limitations of the report and explicitly agree to the application of the modifications.
990.3 A1 The intended users of the report might obtain an understanding of the purpose, subject matter
information, and limitations of the report by participating, either directly, or indirectly through a
representative who has authority to act for the intended users, in establishing the nature and
scope of the engagement. In either case, this participation helps the firm to communicate with
intended users about independence matters, including the circumstances that are relevant to
applying the conceptual framework. It also allows the firm to obtain the agreement of the
intended users to the modified independence requirements.
R990.5 When the firm performs an eligible assurance engagement, any modifications to Part 4B shall
be limited to those modifications set out in paragraphs R990.7 and R990.8.
R990.6 If the firm also issues an assurance report that does not include a restriction on use and
distribution for the same client, the firm shall apply Part 4B to that assurance engagement.
Financial Interests, Loans and Guarantees, Close Business, Family and Personal Relationships
R990.7 When the firm performs an eligible assurance engagement:
(a) The relevant provisions set out in Sections 910, 911, 920, 921, 922 and 924 need apply
only to the members of the engagement team, and their immediate and close family
members;
(b) The firm shall identify, evaluate and address any threats to independence created by
interests and relationships, as set out in Sections 910, 911, 920, 921, 922 and 924,
between the assurance client and the following assurance team members;
Page 198 of 232

to believe are created by interests and relationships between the assurance client and
others within the firm who can directly influence the outcome of the assurance
engagement, as set out in Sections 910, 911, 920, 921, 922 and 924.
990.7 A1 Others within the firm who can directly influence the outcome of the assurance engagement
include those who recommend the compensation, or who provide direct supervisory,
management or other oversight, of the assurance engagement partner in connection with the
performance of the assurance engagement.
R990.8 When the firm performs an eligible assurance engagement, the firm shall not hold a material
direct or a material indirect financial interest in the assurance client.
Page 199 of 232

EFFECTIVE DATE
 Parts 1, 2 and 3 of the SAICA Code is effective as of June 15, 2019.
 Part 4A of the SAICA Code relating to independence for audit and review engagements will
be effective for audits and reviews of financial statements for periods beginning on or after
June 15, 2019.
 Part 4B of the SAICA Code relating to independence for assurance engagements with
respect to subject matter covering periods will be effective for periods beginning on or after
June 15, 2019; otherwise, is effective as of June 15, 2019.
[Paragraph 540.19 shall have effect only for audits of financial statements for periods beginning prior to
December 15, 2023. This will facilitate the transition to the required cooling-off period of five consecutive
years for engagement partners in those jurisdictions where the legislative body or regulator (or
organization authorized or recognized by such legislative body or regulator) has specified a cooling-off
period of less than five consecutive years.]
Page 200 of 232

Changes to the Code1213
CONTENTS
Page
DEFINITIONS, INCLUDING LISTS OF ABBREVIATIONS AND STANDARDS …………..……. 202
SECOND OPINIONS …………………………………………………………………………………… 203
REVISIONS TO PART 4B OF THE CODE TO REFLECT TERMS AND CONCEPTS USED IN
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ON ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS 3000 (REVISED) …………… 205
12 South African specific changes included in italics, underlined and indicated in blue
13 IESBA proposed changes underlined
201
DEFINITIONS, INCLUDING LISTS OF ABBREVIATIONS AND STANDARDS
Revisions to the Definitions section of the Code relating to registered candidate auditors
Accredited Professional A status granted by the IRBA to a professional body that meets and continues
Body to meet the prescribed accreditation standards.
“Accreditation” means the status afforded to a professional body in accordance
with Part 1 of Chapter III [of the Act], which status may be granted in full or in
part”.
“Professional body” means a body of, or representing:
(a) registered auditors and registered candidate auditors; or
(b) accountants, registered auditors and registered candidate auditors”.
Registered auditor An individual or firm registered as an auditor with the Regulatory Board.
This term, when used in the Code, includes a registered candidate auditor in so
far as it is applicable, as required by the context of its use in a requirement or
application material of this Code, and considering this Code, as applicable.
Registered Candidate Means an individual who has obtained a professional accountant designation
Auditor from an accredited professional body, who is registered as a candidate auditor
with the Regulatory Board and who is serving under the supervision of a
registered auditor.14
EFFECTIVE DATE
These amendments are effective on or after 1 Janaury 202115.
14 Section 1 v “registered candidate auditor”.

Page 202 of 232
Final Amendments to the Code in respect of Section 321: Second opinions
SECTION 321
SECOND OPINIONS
Introduction
321.2 Providing a second opinion to an entity that is not an existing audit client might create a self-
interest or other threat to compliance with one or more of the fundamental principles. This

General
321.3 A1 A professional accountant might be asked to provide a second opinion on the application of
accounting, auditing, reporting or other standards or principles to (a) specific circumstances
relating to an entity, or (b) transactions by or on behalf of a company or of an entity that is not
an existing audit client. The second opinion could relate to a matter that has been considered,
or might be expected to have been, or might be expected to be considered by that client’s
existing or predecessor accountant. A threat, for example, a self-interest threat to compliance
with the principle of professional competence and due care, might be created if the second
opinion is not based on the same facts that the existing or predecessor accountant had, or is
based on inadequate evidence.
321.3 A2 A factor that is relevant in evaluating the level of such a self-interest threat is the circumstances
of the request and all the other available facts and assumptions relevant to the expression of
a professional judgement.
 With the client’s permission, obtaining information from the existing or predecessor
accountant and confirming that the facts relevant to the issue are complete.
 Describing the limitations surrounding any second opinion in communications with the
client.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who has not taken part in the second opinion, review the
draft second opinion.
 Providing the existing or predecessor accountant with a copy of the opinion.
321.3 A4 SA With the client’s permission, a professional accountant may through enquiries of the client and
enquiries of the existing or predecessor accountant:
 Ascertain the circumstances surrounding the proposed engagement for a second
opinion.
 Ascertain whether the client has sought a second opinion from other professional
accountants.
R321.3a SA A professional accountant shall provide a second opinion in writing.
Page 203 of 232

321.3a A1 SA Providing an oral and other forms of a second opinion can be misunderstood without the
support of a written report.
R321.3b SA A professional accountant shall not provide a second opinion regarding an opinion expressed
on financial statements performed in terms of the ISAs.
When Permission to Communicate is Not Provided
R321.4 If an entity seeking a second opinion from a professional accountant will not permit the
professional accountant to communicate with the existing or predecessor accountant, the
professional accountant shall determine whether the professional accountant may provide the
second opinion sought decline the appointment, unless there are exceptional circumstances
of which the professional accountant has full knowledge, and the professional accountant is
satisfied regarding all relevant facts, by some other means.
Providing the Existing or Predecessor Accountant with a Copy of the Second Opinion
R321.5 SA A professional accountant shall, in terms of the engagement with the client, provide the existing
or predecessor accountant with a copy of the second opinion, at the same time as it is given
to the client.
321.5 A1 SA The purpose of providing the existing or predecessor accountant with a copy of the second
opinion is to ensure that the professional accountant and the existing or predecessor
accountant have the same information.
EFFECTIVE DATE
These amendments will be effective for engagements commencing on or after 1 January 202116.

Page 204 of 232
Revisions to Part 4B of the Code to reflect terms and concepts used in

International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (Revised)
SECTION 900
APPLYING THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK TO INDEPENDENCE FOR
ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS
Introduction
General
900.1 This Part applies to assurance engagements other than audit engagements and review
engagements (referred to as “assurance engagements” in this Part). Examples of such
engagements include:
 An audit of specific elements, accounts or items of a financial statement.
 Assurance on an entity’s compliance with law or regulation.
 Assurance on performance criteria, such as value for money, achieved by a public sector
body.
 Assurance on the effectiveness of an entity’s system of internal control.
 Assurance on the effectiveness of an entity’s system of intenal control.
 Performance Assurance on a company an entity's key performance indicators.
independence requirements maintain independence where required by relevant ethics
standards. In addition ISAEs and ISAs establish responsibilities for engagement partners and
engagement teams at the level of the engagement. The allocation of responsibilities within a
firm will depend on its size, structure and organisation. Many of the provisions of Part 4B do
not prescribe the specific responsibility of individuals within the firm for actions related to
independence, instead referring to “firm” for ease of reference. Firms assign responsibility for
a particular action to an individual or a group of individuals (such as an assurance team) in
accordance with ISQC 1. In additionAdditionally, an individual professional accountant remains
responsible for compliance with any provisions that apply to that professional accountant’s
activities, interests or relationships.
 Independence of mind – the state of mind that permits the expression of a conclusion
scepticism.
 Independence in appearance – the avoidance of facts and circumstances that are so

Page 205 of 232

firm’s or an assurance team member’s integrity, objectivity or professional scepticism

has been compromised.
900.5 When performing assurance engagements, the Code requires firms to comply with the
fundamental principles and be independent. This Part sets out specific requirements and
application material on how to apply the conceptual framework to maintain independence when
performing suchassurance engagements other than audit or review engagements. The
conceptual framework set out in Section 120 applies to independence as it does to the
fundamental principles set out in Section 110.
threats; and
to reduce the threats to an acceptable level.
Description of Other Assurance Engagements
900.7 Assurance engagements are designed to enhance intended users’ degree of confidence about
the outcome of the evaluation or measurement of a subject matter against criteria. In an
assurance engagement, the firm aims to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence in order to
expresses a conclusion designed to enhance the degree of confidence of the intended users
other than the responsible party about the outcomesubject matter information. ISAE 3000
(Revised) describes the elements and objectives of assurance engagement conducted under
that Standard, and the Assurance Framework provides a general description of assurance
engagements and ISAE3000. An assurance engagement might either be an attestation
engagement or a direct engagement.
900.8 In this Part the term ‘assurance engagement’ referes to assurance engagements other than
audit engagements or review engagement. The Assurance Framework describes the elements
and objectives of an assurance engagement and identifies engagements to which ISAEs apply.
For a description of the elements and objectives of an assurance engagement, refer to the
Assurance Framework.
The outcome of the evaluation or measurement of a subject matter is the information that
results from applying the criteria to the subject matter. The term “subject matter information” is
used to mean the outcome of the evaluation or measurement of a subject matter. For example,
the Assurance Framework states that an assertion about the effectiveness of internal control
(subject matter information) results from applying a framework for evaluating the effectiveness
of internal control, such as COSO or CoCo (criteria), to internal control, a process (subject
matter).
900.9 Assurance engagements might be assertion-based or direct reporting. In either case, they
involve three separate parties: a firm, a responsible party and intended users.
Page 206 of 232

900.10 In an assertion-based assurance engagement, the evaluation or measurement of the subject

matter is performed by the responsible party. The subject matter information is in the form of
an assertion by the responsible party that is made available to the intended users.
900.11 In a direct reporting assurance engagement, the firm:
(a) Directly performs the evaluation or measurement of the subject matter; or
(b) Obtains a representation from the responsible party that has performed the evaluation
or measurement that is not available to the intended users. The subject matter
information is provided to the intended users in the assurance report.
900.129 An assurance report might include a restriction on use and distribution. If it does and the
conditions set out in Section 990 are met, then the independence requirements in this Part may
be modified as provided in Section 990.
Audit and Review Engagements
900.1310 Independence standards for audit and review engagements are set out in Part 4A –
Independence for Audit and Review Engagements. If a firm performs both an assurance
engagement and an audit or review engagement for the same client, the requirements in Part
4A continue to apply to the firm, a network firm and the audit or review team members.

General
R900.1411 A firm performing an assurance engagement shall be independent of the assurance client.
900.11.A1 For the purposes of this Part, the assurance client in an assurance engagement is the
responsible party and also,in an attestation engagement, the party taking responsibility for the
subject matter information (who might be the same as the responsible party).
900.11.A2 The roles of the parties involved in an assurance engagement might differ and affect the
application of the independence provisions in this Part. In the majority of attestation
engagements, the responsible party and the party taking responsibility for the subject matter
information are the same. This includes those circumstances where the responsible party
involves another party to measure or evaluate the underlying subject matter against the criteria
(the measurer or evaluator) where the responsible party takes responsibility for the subject
matter information as well as the underlying subject matter. However, the responsible party or
the engaging party might appoint another party to prepare the subject matter information on
the basis that this party is to take responsibility for the subject matter information. In this
circumstance, the responsible party and the party responsible for the subject matter information
are both assurance clients for the purposes of this Part.
900.11 A3 In addition to the responsible party and, in an attestation engagement, the party taking
responsibility for the subject matter information, there might be other parties in relation to the
engagement. For example, there might be a separate engaging party or a party who is a
measurer or evaluator other than the party taking responsibility for the subject matter
information. In these circumstances, applying the conceptual framework requires the
professional accountant to identify and evaluate threats to the fundamental principles created
Page 207 of 232

by any interests or relationships with such parties, including whether any conflicts of interest
might exist as described in Section 310.
address threats to independence in relation to an assurance engagement.
Multiple Responsible Parties and Parties Taking Responsibility for the Subject Matter Information
900.13 A1 In some assurance engagements, whether an attestation engagement or direct engagement,

there might be several responsible parties or, in an attestation engagement, several parties
taking responsibility for the subject matter information. In determining whether it is necessary to
apply the provisions in this Part to each individual responsible party or each individual party taking
responsibility for the subject matter information in such engagements, the firm may take into
account certain matters. These matters include whether an interest or relationship between the
firm, or an assurance team member, and a particular responsible party or party taking
responsibility for the subject matter information would create a threat to independence that is not
trivial and inconsequential in the context of the subject matter information. This determination
will take into account factors such as:
(a) The materiality of the underlying subject matter or subject matter information for which
the particular party is responsible in the context of the overall assurance engagement.
(b) The degree of public interest associated with the assurance engagement.
If the firm determines that the threat created by any such interest or relationship with a particular
party would be trivial and inconsequential, it might not be necessary to apply all of the provisions
of this section to that party.
Network Firms
R900.1614 When a firm knows or has reason to believe that interests and relationships of a network firm
create a threat to the firm’s independence, the firm shall evaluate and address any such threat.
900.1614 A1Network firms are discussed in paragraphs 400.50 A1 to 400.54 A1.
Related Entities
R900.1715 When the assurance team knows or has reason to believe that a relationship or circumstance
involving a related entity of the assurance client is relevant to the evaluation of the firm’s
independence from the client, the assurance team shall include that related entity when
identifying, evaluating and addressing threats to independence.
Types of Assurance Engagements
Assertion-based Assurance Engagements
R900.18 When performing an assertion-based assurance engagement:
(d) The assurance team members and the firm shall be independent of the assurance client
(the party responsible for the subject matter information, and which might be responsible
for the subject matter) as set out in this Part. The independence requirements set out in
this Part prohibit certain relationships between assurance team members and (i)
Page 208 of 232
directors or officers, and (ii) individuals at the client in a position to exert significant
influence over the subject matter information;
(e) The firm shall apply the conceptual framework set out in Section 120 to relationships
with individuals at the client in a position to exert significant influence over the subject
matter of the engagement; and
(f) The firm shall evaluate and address any threats that the firm has reason to believe are
created by network firm interests and relationships.
R900.19 When performing an assertion-based assurance engagement where the responsible party is
responsible for the subject matter information but not the subject matter:
(a) The assurance team members and the firm shall be independent of the party responsible
for the subject matter information (the assurance client); and
(b) The firm shall evaluate and address any threats the firm has reason to believe are
created by interests and relationships between an assurance team member, the firm, a
network firm and the party responsible for the subject matter.
900.19 A1 In the majority of assertion-based assurance engagements, the responsible party is

responsible for both the subject matter information and the subject matter. However, in some
engagements, the responsible party might not be responsible for the subject matter. An
example might be when a firm is engaged to perform an assurance engagement regarding a
report that an environmental consultant has prepared about a company’s sustainability
practices for distribution to intended users. In this case, the environmental consultant is the
responsible party for the subject matter information but the company is responsible for the
subject matter (the sustainability practices).
Direct Reporting Assurance Engagements
R900.20 When performing a direct reporting assurance engagement:
(the party responsible for the subject matter); and
(b) The firm shall evaluate and address any threats to independence the firm has reason to
believe are created by network firm interests and relationships.
Multiple Responsible Parties
900.21 A1 In some assurance engagements, whether assertion-based or direct reporting, there might be
several responsible parties. In determining whether it is necessary to apply the provisions in
this Part to each responsible party in such engagements, the firm may take into account certain
matters. These matters include whether an interest or relationship between the firm, or an
assurance team member, and a particular responsible party would create a threat to
independence that is not trivial and inconsequential in the context of the subject matter
information. This determination will take into account factors such as:
(c) The materiality of the subject matter information (or of the subject matter) for which the
particular responsible party is responsible.
(d) The degree of public interest associated with the engagement.
Page 209 of 232

If the firm determines that the threat created by any such interest or relationship with a
particular responsible party would be trivial and inconsequential, it might not be necessary to
apply all of the provisions of this section to that responsible party.
(c) The engagement period; and
(d) The period covered by the subject matter information.
900.30 A1 The engagement period starts when the assurance team begins to perform assurance services
with respect to the particular engagement. The engagement period ends when the assurance
report is issued. When the engagement is of a recurring nature, it ends at the later of the
notification by either party that the professional relationship has ended or the issuance of the
R900.31 If an entity becomes an assurance client during or after the period covered by the subject
matter information on which the firm will express a conclusion, the firm shall determine whether
any threats to independence are created by:
(a) Financial or business relationships with the assurance client during or after the period
covered by the subject matter information but before accepting the assurance
engagement; or
(b) Previous services provided to the assurance client.
R900.32 Threats to independence are created if a non-assurance service was provided to the assurance
client during, or after the period covered by the subject matter information, but before the
assurance team begins to perform assurance services, and the service would not be permitted
during the engagement period. In such circumstances, the firm shall evaluate and address any
threat to independence created by the service. If the threats are not at an acceptable level, the
firm shall only accept the assurance engagement if the threats are reduced to an acceptable
level.
 Using professionals who are not assurance team members to perform the service.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the assurance and non-assurance work as

appropriate.
R900.33 If a non-assurance service that would not be permitted during the engagement period has not
been completed and it is not practical to complete or end the service before the commencement
of professional services in connection with the assurance engagement, the firm shall only
accept the assurance engagement if:
(b) The firm is satisfied that:
(i) The non-assurance service will be completed within a short period of time; or
(ii) The client has arrangements in place to transition the service to another
provider within a short period of time;
Page 210 of 232

(b) The firm applies safeguards when necessary during the service period; and
(c) The firm discusses the matter with those charged with governance.
General Documentation of Independence for Assurance Engagements Other than Audit and Review
Engagements
Breach of an Independence Provision for Assurance Engagements Other than Audit and Review
Engagements
(d) End, suspend or eliminate the interest or relationship that created the breach;
(e) Evaluate the significance of the breach and its impact on the firm’s objectivity and ability
to issue an assurance report; and
(f) Determine whether action can be taken that satisfactorily addresses the consequences
of the breach.
account whether a reasonable and informed third party would be likely to conclude that the
firm’s objectivity would be compromised, and therefore, the firm would be unable to issue an
assurance report.
satisfactorily, the firm shall, as soon as possible, inform the party that engaged the firm or those
charged with governance, as appropriate. The firm shall also take the steps necessary to end
the assurance engagement in compliance with any applicable legal or regulatory requirements
satisfactorily, the firm shall discuss the breach and the action it has taken or proposes to take
with the party that engaged the firm or those charged with governance, as appropriate. The
firm shall discuss the breach and the proposed action on a timely basis, taking into account
the circumstances of the engagement and the breach.
Page 211 of 232

R900.53 If the party that engaged the firm does not, or those charged with governance do not concur
that the action proposed by the firm in accordance with paragraph R900.50(c) satisfactorily
addresses the consequences of the breach, the firm shall take the steps necessary to end the
assurance engagement in compliance with any applicable legal or regulatory requirements
Documentation
R900.54 In complying with the requirements in paragraphs R900.50 to R900.53, the firm shall
document:
(e) The breach;
(f) The actions taken;
(g) The key decisions made; and
(h) All the matters discussed with the party that engaged the firm or those charged with
governance.
R900.55 If the firm continues with the assurance engagement, it shall document:
(c) The conclusion that, in the firm’s professional judgement, objectivity has not been
compromised; and
(d) The rationale for why the action taken satisfactorily addressed the consequences of the
breach so that the firm could issue an assurance report.
SECTION 905
FEES
Introduction
independence.

Fees―Relative Size
905.3 A1 When the total fees generated from an assurance client by the firm expressing the conclusion
in an assurance engagement represent a large proportion of the total fees of that firm, the
dependence on that client and concern about losing the client create a self-interest or

Page 212 of 232

intimidation threat is increasing the client base in the firm to reduce dependence on the
assurance client.
905.3 A4 A self-interest or intimidation threat is also created when the fees generated by the firm from
an assurance client represent a large proportion of the revenue from an individual partner’s
clients.
905.3 A5 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such a self-interest or intimidation
threat include:
 Increasing the client base of the partner to reduce dependence on the assurance client.
work.
Fees―Overdue
905.4 A1 A self-interest threat might be created if a significant part of fees is not paid before the
assurance report, if any, for the following period is issued. It is generally expected that the firm
will require payment of such fees before any such report is issued. The requirements and
application material set out in Section 911 with respect to loans and guarantees might also
apply to situations where such unpaid fees exist.
 Having an appropriate reviewer who did not take part in the assurance engagement
review the work performed.
R905.5 When a significant part of fees due from an assurance client remains unpaid for a long time,
the firm shall determine:
(b) Whether it is appropriate for the firm to be re-appointed or continue the assurance
engagement.
Contingent Fees
R905.7 A firm shall not charge directly or indirectly a contingent fee for an assurance engagement.
R905.8 A firm shall not charge directly or indirectly a contingent fee for a non-assurance service
provided to an assurance client if the outcome of the non-assurance service, and therefore,
the amount of the fee, is dependent on a future or contemporary judgement related to a matter
that is material to the subject matter information of the assurance engagement.
905.9 A1 Paragraphs R905.7 and R905.8 preclude a firm from entering into certain contingent fee
arrangements with an assurance client. Even if a contingent fee arrangement is not precluded
Page 213 of 232

when providing a non-assurance service to an assurance client, a self-interest threat might still
be created.
depends.
remuneration.
 The effect of the event or transaction on the subject matter information.
service review the relevant assurance work.
SECTION 906

Introduction
independence.
906.2 Accepting gifts and hospitality from an assurance client might create a self-interest, familiarity
or intimidation threat. This section sets out a specific requirement and application material

R906.3 A firm or an assurance team member shall not accept gifts and hospitality from an assurance
906.3 A1 Where a firm or assurance team member is offering or accepting an inducement to or from an
assurance client, the requirements and application material set out in Section 340 apply and
allow a firm or assurance team member to accept gifts and hospitality where the intent is to
improperly influence behaviour even if the value is trivial and inconsequential.
SECTION 907

Introduction
Page 214 of 232

independence.
907.2 When litigation with an assurance client occurs, or appears likely, self-interest and intimidation
General
907.3 A1 The relationship between client management and assurance team members must be
characterised by complete candor and full disclosure regarding all aspects of a client’s
operations. Adversarial positions might result from actual or threatened litigation between an
assurance client and the firm or an assurance team member. Such adversarial positions might
affect management’s willingness to make complete disclosures and create self-interest and
 Whether the litigation relates to a prior assurance engagement.
907.3 A3 If the litigation involves an assurance team member, an example of an action that might
eliminate such self-interest and intimidation threats is removing that individual from the
assurance team.
intimidation threats is having an appropriate reviewer review the work performed.
SECTION 910
FINANCIAL INTERESTS
Introduction
independence.
910.2 Holding a financial interest in an assurance client might create a self-interest threat. This

General
Page 215 of 232

indirect.
financial interest in an assurance client include:
Financial Interests Held by the Firm, Assurance Team Members and Immediate Family
R910.4 A direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest in the assurance client shall
not be held by:
(a) The firm; or
(b) An assurance team member or any of that individual’s immediate family.
Financial Interests in an Entity Controlling an Assurance Client
R910.5 When an entity has a controlling interest in the assurance client and the client is material to the
entity, neither the firm, nor an assurance team member, nor any of that individual’s immediate
family shall hold a direct or material indirect financial interest in that entity.
R910.6 Paragraph R910.4 shall also apply to a financial interest in an assurance client held in a trust
for which the firm or individual acts as trustee unless:
(a) None of the following is a beneficiary of the trust: the trustee, the assurance team
member or any of that individual’s immediate family, or the firm;
(b) The interest in the assurance client held by the trust is not material to the trust;
(c) The trust is not able to exercise significant influence over the assurance client; and
financial interest in the assurance client: the trustee, the assurance team member or any
of that individual’s immediate family, or the firm.
R910.7 If a firm, an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family, receives a
direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest in an assurance client by way of
an inheritance, gift, as a result of a merger, or in similar circumstances and the interest would
not otherwise be permitted to be held under this section, then:
(a) If the interest is received by the firm, the financial interest shall be disposed of
Page 216 of 232

(b) If the interest is received by an assurance team member, or by any of that individual’s
immediate family, the individual who received the financial interest shall immediately
dispose of the financial interest, or dispose of enough of an indirect financial interest so
that the remaining interest is no longer material.
Close Family
910.8 A1 A self-interest threat might be created if an assurance team member knows that a close family
member has a direct financial interest or a material indirect financial interest in the assurance
client.
member.
interest or dispose of enough of an indirect financial interest so that the remaining
interest is no longer material.
having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the assurance team member.
Other Individuals
910.8 A5 A self-interest threat might be created if an assurance team member knows that a financial
interest is held in the assurance client by individuals such as:
 Partners and professional employees of the firm, apart from those who are specifically
not permitted to hold such financial interests by paragraph R910.4, or their immediate
family members.
 Individuals with a close personal relationship with an assurance team member.
assurance team member with the personal relationship from the assurance team.
 Excluding the assurance team member from any significant decision-making concerning
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the assurance team member.
SECTION 911
Introduction
Page 217 of 232
independence.
911.2 A loan or a guarantee of a loan with an assurance client might create a self-interest threat. This

General
Loans and Guarantees with an Assurance Client
R911.4 A firm, an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family shall not make
or guarantee a loan to an assurance client or any director or officer of an assurance client,
unless the loan or guarantee is immaterial to both:
(a) The firm or the individual making the loan or guarantee, as applicable; and
Loans and Guarantees with an Assurance Client that is a Bank or Similar Institution
R911.5 A firm, an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family shall not accept
a loan, or a guarantee of a loan, from an assurance client that is a bank or a similar institution
unless the loan or guarantee is made under normal lending procedures, terms and conditions.
911.5 A1 Examples of loans include mortgages, bank overdrafts, car loans and credit card balances.
911.5 A2 Even if a firm receives a loan from an assurance client that is a bank or similar institution under
normal lending procedures, terms and conditions, the loan might create a self-interest threat if
it is material to the assurance client or firm receiving the loan.
having the work reviewed by an appropriate reviewer, who is not an assurance team member,
from a network firm that is not a beneficiary of the loan.
Deposit or Brokerage Accounts
R911.6 A firm, an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family shall not have
deposits or a brokerage account with an assurance client that is a bank, broker, or similar
Loans and Guarantees with an Assurance Client that is not a Bank or Similar Institution
R911.7 A firm or an assurance team member, or any of that individual’s immediate family, shall not
accept a loan from, or have a borrowing guaranteed by, an assurance client that is not a bank
or similar institution, or any director or officer of an assurance client, unless the loan or
guarantee is immaterial to both:
(a) The firm, or the individual receiving the loan or guarantee, as applicable; and
Page 218 of 232

SECTION 920
Introduction
independence.
920.2 A close business relationship with an assurance client or its management might create a self-
interest or intimidation threat. This section sets out specific requirements and application
material relevant to applying the conceptual framework in such circumstances.

General
 Having a financial interest in a joint venture with either the assurance client or a
controlling owner, director or officer or other individual who performs senior managerial
activities for that client.
 Arrangements to combine one or more services or products of the firm with one or more
services or products of the client and to market the package with reference to both
parties.
 Distribution or marketing arrangements under which the firm distributes or markets the
client’s products or services, or the client distributes or markets the firm’s products or
services.
Firm, Assurance Team Member or Immediate Family Business Relationships

R920.4 A firm or an assurance team member shall not have a close business relationship with an
assurance client or its management unless any financial interest is immaterial and the business
relationship is insignificant to the client or its management and the firm or the assurance team
member, as applicable.
between the assurance client or its management and the immediate family of an assurance
team member.
920.5 A1 The purchase of goods and services from an assurance client by a firm, or an assurance team
member, or any of that individual’s immediate family does not usually create a threat to
Page 219 of 232

interest threat.
SECTION 921
Introduction
independence.

General
relationships between an assurance team member and a director or officer or, depending on
their role, certain employees of the assurance client.
 The individual’s responsibilities on the assurance team.

 The role of the family member or other individual within the assurance client, and the
closeness of the relationship.
Immediate Family of an Assurance Team Member
921.4 A1 A self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat is created when an immediate family member
of an assurance team member is an employee in a position to exert significant influence over
the underlying subject matter of the assurance engagement.
immediate family member.
Page 220 of 232
R921.5 An individual shall not participate as an assurance team member when any of that individual’s
immediate family:
(a) Is a director or officer of the assurance client;
(b) In an attestation engagement, isIs an employee in a position to exert significant influence

over the subject matter information of the assurance engagement; or
(c) Was in such a position during any period covered by the engagement or the subject
matter information.
Close Family of an Assurance Team Member
assurance team member is:
(c) A director or officer of the assurance client; or
(d) An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the underlying subject
matter or, in an attestation engagement, an employee in a position to exert significant
influence over the subject matter information of the assurance engagement.
member.
close family member.
Other Close Relationships of an Assurance Team Member
R921.7 An assurance team member shall consult in accordance with firm policies and procedures if
the assurance team member has a close relationship with an individual who is not an
immediate or close family member, but who is:
(c) A director or officer of the assurance client; or
(d) An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the underlying subject
matter or, in at attestation engagement, an employee in a position to exert significant
created by such relationships include:
 The nature of the relationship between the individual and the assurance team member.

Page 221 of 232

individual with whom the assurance team member has a close relationship.
921.8 A1 A self-interest, familiarity or intimidation threat might be created by a personal or family

relationship between:
(a) A partner or employee of the firm who is not an assurance team member; and
(b) Any of the following individuals at the assurance client:
i. A director or officer;
ii. of the assurance client or An employee in a position to exert significant influence over
the underlying subject matter or, in an attestation engagement, an employee in a position
to exert significant influence over the subject matter information of the assurance
engagement.
 The degree of interaction of the partner or employee of the firm with the assurance team.
 The role of the individual within the client.


over the assurance engagement.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the relevant assurance work performed.
SECTION 922
RECENT SERVICE WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
922.2 If an assurance team member has recently served as a director or officer or employee of the
assurance client, a self-interest, self-review or familiarity threat might be created. This section
Page 222 of 232


Service During the Period Covered by the Assurance Report
R922.3 The assurance team shall not include an individual who, during the period covered by the
assurance report:
(b) Wwas an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the underlying subject
Service Prior to the Period Covered by the Assurance Report
the assurance report, an assurance team member:
(b) Wwas an employee in a position to exert significant influence over the underlying subject
of the current assurance engagement.

or familiarity threat is having an appropriate reviewer review the work performed by the
assurance team member.
SECTION 923
SERVING AS A DIRECTOR OR OFFICER OF AN ASSURANCE CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
923.2 Serving as a director or officer of an assurance client creates self-review and self-interest
threats. This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to

Page 223 of 232
R923.3 A partner or employee of the firm shall not serve as a director or officer of an assurance client
of the firm.
R923.4 A partner or employee of the firm shall not serve as Company Secretary for an assurance client
of the firm unless:
(b) Management makes all decisions; and
employee of the firm serves as Company Secretary for an assurance client. (More information
on providing non-assurance services to an assurance client is set out in Section 950, Provision
of Non-assurances Services to an Assurance Client.)
SECTION 924
EMPLOYMENT WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
924.2 Employment relationships with an assurance client might create a self-interest, familiarity or

General
an assurance team member or partner of the firm:
 A director or officer of the assurance client.
 An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the underlying subject matter
or, in an attestation engagement, an employee who is in a position to exert significant
Former Partner or Assurance Team Member Restrictions
Page 224 of 232

R924.4 If a former partner has joined an assurance client of the firm or a former assurance team
member has joined the assurance client as:

(b) An employee in a position to exert significant influence over the underlying subject matter
or, in an attestation engagement, an employee in a position to exert significant influence
over the subject matter information of the assurance engagement, the individual shall not
continue to participate in the firm’s business or professional activities.
924.4 A1 Even if one of the individuals described in paragraph R924.4 has joined the assurance client
in such a position and does not continue to participate in the firm’s business or professional
activities, a familiarity or intimidation threat might still be created.
924.4 A2 A familiarity or intimidation threat might also be created if a former partner of the firm has joined
an entity in one of the positions described in paragraph 924.3 A1 and the entity subsequently
becomes an assurance client of the firm.
 Any involvement the individual will have with the assurance team.
 The length of time since the individual was an assurance team member or partner of the
firm.
 The former position of the individual within the assurance team or firm. An example is
whether the individual was responsible for maintaining regular contact with the client’s
management or those charged with governance.
924.4 A4 Examples of actions that might be safeguards to address such a familiarity or intimidation threat
include:
 Making arrangements such that the individual is not entitled to any benefits or payments
from the firm, unless made in accordance with fixed pre-determined arrangements.
 Making arrangements such that any amount owed to the individual is not material to the
firm.
 Modifying the plan for the assurance engagement.
 Assigning to the assurance team individuals who have sufficient experience relative to
the individual who has joined the client.
 Having an appropriate reviewer review the work of the former assurance team member.
Assurance Team Members Entering Employment Negotiations with a Client
R924.5 A firm shall have policies and procedures that require assurance team members to notify the
firm when entering employment negotiations with an assurance client.
924.5 A1 A self-interest threat is created when an assurance team member participates in the assurance
engagement while knowing that the assurance team member will, or might, join the client
sometime in the future.
Page 225 of 232

individual from the assurance engagement.
having an appropriate reviewer review any significant judgements made by that assurance
team member while on the team.
SECTION 940
LONG ASSOCIATION OF PERSONNEL WITH AN ASSURANCE CLIENT
Introduction
independence.
940.2 When an individual is involved in an assurance engagement of a recurring nature over a long
period of time, familiarity and self-interest threats might be created. This section sets out
circumstances.

General
940.3 A1 A familiarity threat might be created as a result of an individual’s long association with:
(a) The assurance client;
(b) The assurance client’s senior management; or
(c) The underlying subject matter and or, in an attestation engagement subject matter
longstanding assurance client or an interest in maintaining a close personal relationship with a
member of senior management or those charged with governance. Such a threat might
influence the individual’s judgement inappropriately.
include:
 The nature of the assurance engagement.
 How long the individual has been an assurance team member, the individual’s seniority
on the team, and the nature of the roles performed, including if such a relationship
existed while the individual was at a prior firm.
 The extent to which the work of the individual is directed, reviewed and supervised by
more senior personnel.
 The extent to which the individual, due to the individual’s seniority, has the ability to
influence the outcome of the assurance engagement, for example, by making key
decisions or directing the work of other engagement team members.
Page 226 of 232

 The closeness of the individual’s personal relationship with the assurance client or, if
 The nature, frequency and extent of interaction between the individual and the assurance
client.
 Whether the nature or complexity of the subject matter or subject matter information has
changed.
 Whether there have been any recent changes in the individual or individuals at the
assurance client who are the responsible who are responsible for theparty underlying
subject matter or, in an attestation engagement, the subject matter information or, if
example, familiarity threats created over time by the increasingly close relationship between
an individual assurance team member and an individual at the assurance client who is in a
position to exert significant influence over the underlying subject matter or, in an attestation
engagement, the subject matter information, would be reduced by the departure of thethat
individual from the clientwho is the responsible party.
940.3 A5 An example of an action that might eliminate the familiarity and self-interest threats in relation
to a specific engagement would be rotating the individual off the assurance team.
include:
 Changing the role of the individual on the assurance team or the nature and extent of
the tasks the individual performs.
work of the individual.

R940.4 If a firm decides that the level of the threats created can only be addressed by rotating the
individual off the assurance team, the firm shall determine an appropriate period during which
the individual shall not:
(a) Be a member of the engagement team for the assurance engagement;
(b) Provide quality control for the assurance engagement; or
(c) Exert direct influence on the outcome of the assurance engagement.

addressed.
SECTION 950
PROVISION OF NON-ASSURANCE SERVICES TO ASSURANCE CLIENTS OTHER
THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENT CLIENTS
Introduction
Page 227 of 232
independence.
950.2 Firms might provide a range of non-assurance services to their assurance clients, consistent
with their skills and expertise. Providing certain non-assurance services to assurance clients
independence. This section sets out specific requirements and application material relevant to

General
R950.3 Before a firm accepts an engagement to provide a non-assurance service to an assurance

client, the firm shall determine whether providing such a service might create a threat to
independence.
950.3 A1 The requirements and application material in this section assist firms in analysing certain types
of non-assurance services and the related threats that might be created when a firm accepts
or provides non-assurance services to an assurance client.
technology are among the developments that make it impossible to draw up an all-inclusive list
of non-assurance services that might be provided to an assurance client. As a result, the Code
does not include an exhaustive listing of all non-assurance services that might be provided to
an assurance client.
Evaluating Threats
service to an assurance client include:
assurance engagement.
 Whether the outcome of the service will affect the underlying subject matter and, in an
attestation engagement, matters reflected in the subject matter or subject matter
information of the assurance engagement, and, if so:
o The extent to which the outcome of the service will have a material or
significant effect on the underlying subject matter and, in an attestation
engagement, the subject matter information of the assurance engagement.
o The extent of the assurance client’s involvement in determining significant

matters of judgement.
 The level of expertise of the client’s management and employees with respect to the type
of service provided.
Materiality in Relation to an Assurance Client’s Information
950.4 A2 The concept of materiality in relation to an assurance client’s subject matter information is
addressed in International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised),
Page 228 of 232

Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information. The
determination of materiality involves the exercise of professional judgement and is impacted
by both quantitative and qualitative factors. It is also affected by perceptions of the financial or
other information needs of users.
Multiple Non-assurance Services Provided to the Same Assurance Client
950.4 A3 A firm might provide multiple non-assurance services to an assurance client. In these
circumstances the combined effect of threats created by providing those services is relevant
to the firm’s evaluation of threats.
Addressing Threats

assurance services to assurance clients, safeguards are actions, individually or in combination,
that the firm takes that effectively reduce threats to independence to an acceptable level. In
some situations, when a threat is created by providing a service to an assurance client,
or the assurance engagement.
R950.6 A firm shall not assume a management responsibility related to the underlying subject matter
and, in an attestation engagement, the or subject matter information of an assurance
engagement provided by the firm. If the firm assumes a management responsibility as part of
any other service provided to the assurance client, the firm shall ensure that the responsibility
is not related to the underlying subject matter and, in an attestation engagement, the or subject
matter information of the assurance engagement provided by the firm.
950.6 A2 Providing a non-assurance service to an assurance client creates self-review and self-interest
threats if the firm assumes a management responsibility when performing the service. In
relation to providing a service related to the underlying subject matter and, in an attestation
engagement, the or subject matter information of an assurance engagement provided by the
firm, assuming a management responsibility also creates a familiarity threat and might create
an advocacy threat because the firm becomes too closely aligned with the views and interests
of management.

Page 229 of 232
 Deciding which recommendations of the firm or other third parties to implement.

control.
950.6 A4 Providing advice and recommendations to assist the management of an assurance client in
discharging its responsibilities is not assuming a management responsibility. (Ref: Paras.
R950.6 to 950.6 A3).
R950.7 To avoid assuming a management responsibility when providing non-assurance services to an

assurance client that are related to the underlying subject matter and, in an attestation
engagement, the or subject matter information of the assurance engagement, the firm shall be
satisfied that client management makes all related judgements and decisions that are the
proper responsibility of management. This includes ensuring that the client’s management:
(b) Designates an individual who possesses suitable skill, knowledge and experience to be
(iii) The objectives, nature and results of the services; and
(iv) The respective client and firm responsibilities.
the services.
service performed for the client’s purpose; and
services.
Other Considerations Related to Providing Specific Non-Assurance Services
950.8 A1 A self-review threat might be created if, in an attestation engagement, the firm is involved in
the preparation of subject matter information which is subsequently becomes the subject
matter information of an assurance engagement. Examples of non-assurance services that
might create such self-review threats when providing services related to the subject matter
information of an assurance engagement include:
(c) Developing and preparing prospective information and subsequently providingissuing an

assurance report on this information.
(d) Performing a valuation that is related to or forms part of the subject matter information
of an assurance engagement.
SECTION 990
REPORTS THAT INCLUDE A RESTRICTION ON USE AND DISTRIBUTION
(ASSURANCE ENGAGEMENTS OTHER THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW
ENGAGEMENTS)
Page 230 of 232
Introduction
independence.
990.2 This section sets out certain modifications to Part 4B which are permitted in certain
circumstances involving assurance engagements where the report includes a restriction on
use and distribution. In this section, an engagement to issue a restricted use and distribution
assurance report in the circumstances set out in paragraph R990.3 is referred to as an “eligible
assurance engagement.”

General
R990.3 When a firm intends to issue a report on an assurance engagement which includes a restriction
on use and distribution, the independence requirements set out in Part 4B shall be eligible for
the modifications that are permitted by this section, but only if:
(c) The firm communicates with the intended users of the report regarding the modified
(d) The intended users of the report understand the purpose, subject matter information
and limitations of the report and explicitly agree to the application of the modifications.
990.3 A1 The intended users of the report might obtain an understanding of the purpose, subject matter
information, and limitations of the report by participating, either directly, or indirectly through a
representative who has authority to act for the intended users, in establishing the nature and
scope of the engagement. In either case, this participation helps the firm to communicate with
intended users about independence matters, including the circumstances that are relevant to
applying the conceptual framework. It also allows the firm to obtain the agreement of the
intended users to the modified independence requirements.
R990.5 When the firm performs an eligible assurance engagement, any modifications to Part 4B shall
be limited to those modifications set out in paragraphs R990.7 and R990.8.
R990.6 If the firm also issues an assurance report that does not include a restriction on use and
distribution for the same client, the firm shall apply Part 4B to that assurance engagement.
Financial Interests, Loans and Guarantees, Close Business, Family and Personal Relationships
R990.7 When the firm performs an eligible assurance engagement:
Page 231 of 232

(c) The relevant provisions set out in Sections 910, 911, 920, 921, 922 and 924 need apply
only to the members of the engagement team, and their immediate and close family
members;
(d) The firm shall identify, evaluate and address any threats to independence created by
interests and relationships, as set out in Sections 910, 911, 920, 921, 922 and 924,
between the assurance client and the following assurance team members;
to believe are created by interests and relationships between the assurance client and
others within the firm who can directly influence the outcome of the assurance
engagement, as set out in Sections 910, 911, 920, 921, 922 and 924.
990.7 A1 Others within the firm who can directly influence the outcome of the assurance engagement
include those who recommend the compensation, or who provide direct supervisory,
management or other oversight, of the assurance engagement partner in connection with the
performance of the assurance engagement.
R990.8 When the firm performs an eligible assurance engagement, the firm shall not hold a material
direct or a material indirect financial interest in the assurance client.
Effective Date
The effective date relating to independence for assurance engagements with respect to the underlying
subject matter covering periods will be effective for periods beginning on or after 15 June 2021;
otherwise, it will be effective as of 15 June 2021. Early adoption will be permitted.
Page 232 of 232

SAICA Code of Professional Conduct Revised 2020

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SAICA Code of Professional Conduct Revised 2020

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SAICA Code of Professional Conduct Revised 2020

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SAICA CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT (UPDATED 2020)

CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED

THE SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

THE SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

CHANGES OF SUBSTANCE FROM THE 2018 EDITION

Code of Professional Conduct of the South African Institute of Chartered

These amendments are effective on or after 1 January 20212.

2 As per IRBA Code of Professional Conduct effective from 1 November 2020.

Significant Matters Considered and Changes in Substance

New terminology Used in ISAE 3000 (Revised)

Other significant matters and changes of substance

 Split of assurance engagements between Parts 4A and 4B;

3 As per IRBA Code of Professional Conduct effective from 1 November 2020.

Changes to the Code

IESBA changes has been indicated as underlined.

GUIDE TO THE CODE ………………………………………………………………………………… 7

SAICA CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT …………………………………………..…….… 14

DEFINITIONS, INCLUDING THE LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ……………………………………. 18

PART 1 – COMPLYING WITH THE CODE, FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTUAL

PART 2 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN BUSINESS …………………………………….. 47

PART 3 – PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS IN PUBLIC PRACTICE …………………………… 76

INTERNATIONAL INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS

PART 4A – INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS FOR AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS …… 113

PART 4B – INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS FOR ASSURANCE ENGAGMENTS OTHER

THAN AUDIT AND REVIEW ENGAGEMENTS ………………………………………………………. 175

EFFECTIVE DATES ………………………………….………………………………………………….. 200

CHANGES TO THE CODE …………………………………………………………………………….. 201

GUIDE TO THE CODE

Purpose of the Code

How the Code is Structured

o Commerce, industry or service.

o The public sector.

o The not-for-profit sector.

o Regulatory or professional bodies.

 Application material – provides context, explanations, suggestions for actions or matters to

How to Use the Code

Requirements and Application Material

Appendix to Guide to the Code

17. The Appendix to this Guide provides an overview of the Code.

South African Amendments

are underlined and in italics.

19. South African adaptions include the following:

22. South African paragraphs (excluding definitions) are listed below:

Paragraph Number Detail

R113.4 SA South African requirement

R115.3 SA South African requirement

R115.4 SA South African requirement

R115.5 SA South African requirement

R115.6 SA South African requirement

R320.6a SA South African requirement

R320.7a SA South African requirement

R330.4 SA South African paragraph

R350.6 SA South African requirement

R350.7 SA South African requirement

Paragraph Number Detail

R350.8 SA South African requirement

350.8A1 SA South African application material paragrapgh

R350.9 SA South African requirement

R400.8a SA Part of 400.8 has been elevated to a South African requirement